Beta

Explorez tous les épisodes de The Flipping 50 Show

Plongez dans la liste complète des épisodes de The Flipping 50 Show. Chaque épisode est catalogué accompagné de descriptions détaillées, ce qui facilite la recherche et l'exploration de sujets spécifiques. Suivez tous les épisodes de votre podcast préféré et ne manquez aucun contenu pertinent.

Rows per page:

1–50 of 99

DateTitreDurée
16 Feb 2024Community Member SpotLight: Rotator Cuff Injury Solutions00:35:04

If you have a rotator cuff injury or any injury for that matter at the time you’re also feeling like you’re constantly faced with figuring out your changing body’s needs, this is for you. We unpack the unknowing and waiting. What can you do when mobility or ability is limited? How do you create a plan? 

We discussed blood flow restriction bands, water exercise and options to keep you in alignment. With any injury it’s common and a risk to begin compensating for the injury. There is always something that you can do. When it’s not exercise or movement, it can be a focus on nutrition. 

My Guest:  

Sue is 66, a retired teacher/librarian, living in Australia. Sue is a member of our Flipping 50 Membership.She describes herself:I keep active and am always on the go. I understand the need to keep good health, especially now I have 8 young grandchildren. I like to exercise regularly; as well as sew; knit; garden; do yoga; and travel.

Questions We Answer in This Episode:

  • How did you sustain your injury?
  • What were your symptoms?
  • Do you know which rotator cuff you have injured?
  • What have you been doing to recover from this?
  • How can you make sure you don’t lose muscle mass and reduce bone density losses? 
  • What can you do when an injury is limiting you? 

Come up with a plan for now, for next, and find a way to feel better about the future. If you’ve got an injury and it’s been diagnosed, keep asking questions of your diagnosing physician. Ask for guidelines, limitations, criteria for doing more or doing less. Ask for time with a physical therapist if appropriate. 

Resources: 

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

Dr Joe Mercola on Blood Flow Restriction Training |Flipping 50 Interview https://www.flippingfifty.com/blood-flow-restriction-training/

BFR Bands to Gain Strength After 50, 60 and 70 https://www.flippingfifty.com/gain-strength-after-50/

The Chronic Pain Solution for Complete Resolution https://www.flippingfifty.com/chronic-pain-solution/

03 May 2024It’s Not What You Lose, It’s the Confidence You Gain in Menopause00:40:09

Confidence you gain in menopause could light a fire under you like never before in your life. What’s not to love? You raised kids who are good people. You like them. You survived stuff. You know real drama and you're done with mean girls who have time to leave comments on your social media platforms.

If you apply to be a guest on the Flipping 50 show here to talk about self doubt in midlife you’ll get rejected. I’d rather talk about the confidence you gain. Wouldn’t you?

I recently, very recently vetoed an application for a podcast to Flipping 50 based on going from self doubt to confidence. The premise was women in midlife go through menopause with hot flashes, night sweats, insomnia, weight gain and feel unsure and uncertain about themselves and their futures.

Welcoming the confidence you gain in menopause lets you charge into this exciting chapter with all the fierceness you've earned—because, let's face it, you're not just surviving, you're thriving!

Confidence You Gain in Menopause from Women You’re Around

So, I ask you, is that what you want to hear? Because it’s not what you’re going to get here. In fact, this very same afternoon, I had that proposal via email, I met a midlife woman who made me question whether I was living up to my capacity!

And you know after talking to her I was feeling inspired. Inspired to bike a little longer, hike a little higher, stretch myself (not talking about yoga here) a little more.

I saw possibilities.

In the other proposal, and by no intention on the sender’s part - of that I’m absolutely certain - I felt myself hitting a glass ceiling of sorts. I finished - well I didn’t … because I was clearly already forming this podcast in my mind… feeling like it would be enough to settle for overcoming the symptoms of menopause.

We’ve got to stop this.

Stop it right now.

OKAY, yes. I get that many of you are dealing with hot flashes night sweats and it’s not as easy as stopping the wine, sugar in other forms, reducing processed foods and simple carbs and bumping protein and the intensity of your workouts or…more walking.

[However, by the way these things help!]

But I’ve watched women in midlife who might have been worried about what people will think or unsure of what they want, and reluctant about asking for it even if they did, be pretty dam sure of themselves.

Actress Jodie Foster (and by the way she acted and directed Nyad and if you haven’t seen it and doubt what you can do at any age, watch it). It’s worth the extra subscription to Netflix to see it. I may or may not have watched it two days in a row.

I’m a study of 1, but here’s how I felt flipping 60. I spent the 10 days following that birthday completely differently than I did the approach to it.

The approach to it felt a little like wanting to rush against time and get as fit as possible, or see more muscle or less fat on the Smart Scale or do more pull ups.

And after, I became obsessed with things I’ve put off and haven’t done.

  • I registered for an Ironman. (more on that later)
  • I booked nearly a month in Colorado this summer.
  • I got tickets to what for me will be an epic concert - James Taylor at Red Rocks Amphitheater
  • I chose clearly based on core values between two things I desperately wanted and suddenly the universe gave me both by rescheduling the second to a later date.

**Can You Tell Me About the Confidence You Gained

in Menopause ?**

I want to hear from you.

I’ve heard from a few of you. You’ve decided to keep working because you love it and don’t love the idea of retiring with your spouse and being around the house together without purpose all day.

You’re not being disrespectful to your partner but you’re being more respectful to yourself and saying no, no thank you to say yes to yourself.

You’re realizing that little subtle comments from others can be harmful to your own ability to decide for yourself and you’re asking for what you need.

Menopause, midlife, a notable birthday… will do that for you.

Some of you learned through tragedy earlier. There’s wisdom in witnessing tragedy and having to step into courage you didn’t know you had because you have to.

Use it dear listener. Use it to your advantage. Don’t hide it any more.

Stop saying, “I’m sorry” for doing your job for needing to speak up.

It’s time we give ourselves permission.

I’d love to hear from you. When you see this episode posted on Facebook or Instagram, will you share what you’re shrugging off and or  stepping into?

And would you share how your fitness has been a part of that?

I’ll leave you with this:

When she lifts heavy things, she can more easily weather heavy things in life.

She may ask your opinion. She’s not asking for permission.

She does not fear getting old, she’s got her eye on getting bold.

More than she wants to lose weight, she wants to lift weight.

She doesn’t look forward to retirement, she is interested in rewirement.

She doesn’t fear falls as much as she fears stalls.

She can walk with power toward things, or walk away from things.

She doesn’t feel invisible. She feels invincible.

There’s no more powerful health influencer in the world than a midlife woman.

She’s responsible for 85% of all household decisions, and has 3 generations of influence.

When a woman changes her own story, she changes history.

Resources:

My TEDx talk: https://www.flippingfifty.com/TEDx

You Still Got It, Girl! The book: 40+: https://www.flippingfifty.com/wwwexercise

Other Episodes You Might Like:

BUILD MUSCLE and LOSE FAT in MENOPAUSE:

14 May 2024Ageless Aging: Believe it or Not?00:35:37

Out this week, Ageless Aging is a new title on the shelves and book author and women’s aging advocate, Maddy Dychtwald is here with us on this episode. You’re going to love this episode.

We dive into why women have to advocate for themselves, the power of your mindset and why you and all your high school friends may be aging at such different paces.

The Role of Exercise in Ageless Aging

Physical activity remains a cornerstone of healthy aging. Imagine each step of a brisk walk or each rep in a strength training session not only enhancing muscle tone but also refreshing our minds and spirits. This daily commitment to physical activity is not merely about staying fit—it’s a celebration of our bodies’ capacity to thrive at any age, boosting both brain health and emotional well-being, ensuring we live not just longer, but with unstoppable vitality.

My Guest:

Maddy Dychtwald is an internationally acclaimed author, public speaker, and thought leader on longevity, aging, the new retirement, and the ascent of women. She co-founded Age Wave, the world's leader in understanding and addressing the far-reaching impacts of our aging population, and has led numerous acclaimed studies on women and money. In addition, she has been involved in more than 25 thought leadership research studies worldwide on aging, longevity, retirement, health, family, caregiving, housing, and leisure, which have cumulatively garnered more than 14 billion media impressions. Her new book, Ageless Aging: A Woman’s Guide to Increasing Healthspan, Brainspan, and Lifespan, publishes May 14th, 2024. She lives in San Francisco with her family.

Questions we answer in this episode:

  1. We are at the beginning stages of a longevity revolution. Why are women at the forefront?

  2. Why is it so important to create a new and improved experience of long life, especially designed for women?

  3. You coined the term “ageless aging,” which is the title of your new book. What does that mean exactly?

  4. You’ve created a holistic recipe for ageless aging that any woman of any age can begin. What are the most important ingredients?

  5. You share actionable tips and steps to help women increase their healthspans, brainspans, and lifespans. Can you share a few that you practice every day?

Connect with Maddy Dychtwald**:**

Website:

https://maddydychtwald.com/

On Social:

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/maddydychtwald/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/Maddy_Dychtwald

Other Episodes You Might Like:

Resources:

What When & Why to Exercise for Women 40+: https://www.flippingfifty.com/wwwexercise

NEW BOOK: Ageless Aging - https://www.amazon.com/Ageless-Aging-Increasing-Healthspan-Brainspan-ebook/dp/B0CG1QTK47

04 Jun 2024SOMEDAY is Not a Day in the Week, What Are You Putting Off? 00:35:15

We often sabotage our own success by delaying important tasks. Breaking this cycle is key to making our dreams a reality. Remember, "SOMEDAY is Not a Day in the Week." It's time to turn your plans into actions and make your dreams happen now.

My Guest:

Sam Horn is the CEO of the Intrigue Agency. Her 3 TEDx talks and 10 books have been featured in New York Times and presented to Oracle, Intel, Accenture, and NASA. As the former Executive Director of the world-renowned Maui Writers Conference and one of LinkedIn Learning's most popular communication instructors, she helps people craft one-of-a-kind books, talks, and careers that scale their income and impact - for good.

Questions we cover in this episode:

  • What motivated you to write the SOMEDAY is Not a Day in the Week book? [00:05:10]
  • You love quotes. You are prolific in sharing them so naturally. What are a few of your favorites about how we can make the most of our life NOW, not later? [00:08:50]
  • You have a story about Walden Pond that inspires everyone who hears it to take action on their dreams. Will you share it with us?[00:18:30]
  • Why do you think people - particularly women -  procrastinate and put off doing what they know is good for them? [00:20:50]
  • Your upcoming book is AGEncy - how we can use our age as INCENTIVE, not an EXCUSE. Could you tell us more about that? And how long do I have to make room on my nightstand? [00:27:50]

Connect with Sam:

website: https://samhorn.com/

On Social:

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/samhorn/

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/samhornintrigue/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/SamHornIntrigue

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/SamHornPOP/

Resources:

Register for Sam’s upcoming master classes in May and June:

  1. How to Market Your Work without Being a Jerk
  2. Storyboard your Book and TEDx Talk

https://samhorn.com/market-masterclass/

Other Episodes You Might Like:

Take a Walk With 57 Year old Book Author: https://www.flippingfifty.com/take-a-walk/

Think You’re Too Old? https://www.flippingfifty.com/ageism-dismantled/

03 Nov 2023A Hormone Therapy Roadmap: What, When & Why 00:44:39

Have you wished there was a hormone therapy roadmap? Well, it’s your lucky day. It’s exactly what I hope this episode is for you. On the regular I am approached or meet with functional doctors who do hormone therapy for clients. 

But this is a unique episode and I’ve crafted my questions hoping to answer yours: the ones you have and the ones you don’t. My goal during this interview was not to let my own bias enter in but ask curious questions as if I was naive, haven’t worked with functional doctors and clients and supported them as a liaison for what to ask, demand and when to get a second opinion. I’ve shared the difference between norms and optimal levels of labs, supported health coaches and trainers within our Flipping 50 Menopause Fitness Specialist training in understanding a hormone therapy intervention and how they can within scope of practice support clients.

But today, I try to fly blind and look at the options, the facts, the science, and ask my guest to share just that too. 

My Guest: 

Daved Rosensweet MD is the Founder of The Institute of BioIdentical Medicine and The Menopause Method, as well as the author of three books on the subject including his latest "Happy Healthy Hormones". With over 30 years of experience specializing in andropause and menopause treatment, Dr. Rosensweet is an internationally known lecturer and presenter. Early in his career, he trained the first nurse practitioners in the United States and was in charge of health promotion for the State of New Mexico. Currently, Dr. Rosensweet spends the majority of his time as the Medical Director of The Institute of BioIdentical Medicine, where he trains medical practitioners to specialize in menopause and andropause medicine.

Questions we answer in this episode: 

Pros and Cons of:

  • pills
  • creams
  • pellets
  • shots 
  • under tongue 
  • patches

I would love to know if this hormone therapy roadmap was helpful for you. 

Connect with Dr. Rosensweet: 

Website: https://www.brite.live

On Social:

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/groups/1124278224398950

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/davedrosensweetmd

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/menopausedoctor/

Resources: 

Download Dr. Rosensweet’s book “Happy Healthy Hormones” for free: https://iobim.org/book/

Book: Estrogen Matters https://www.amazon.com/Estrogen-Matters-Hormones-Menopause-Well-Being/dp/0316481203

5 Day Flip: https://www.flippingfifty.com/5dayflip

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

Which Hormones Matter Most in Meno(pause) https://www.flippingfifty.com/which-hormones/

My Thyroid and Adrenals: Navigating Midlife Hormones https://www.flippingfifty.com/my-thyroid/

What Women Need to Know about Hormone Replacement Therapy https://www.flippingfifty.com/?s=hormone+therapy

31 May 2024Science that Makes Exercise Essential for Menopause Health00:24:47

If you don’t already know dozens of reasons that make exercise essential for menopause health, you may after this episode. I want to share with you 5 powerful quotes directly from the American Journal of Lifestyle Medicine.

Then I’ll tie this to the physiology of menopause.

1

If any pill or surgical procedure had the same positive effects of exercise, it would be the most widely prescribed medicine in the world.

2

“In fact, it would be malpractice not to prescribe it to every patient, every visit, regardless of medical specialty.”

3

“It is recommended that physical activity be recorded as a vital sign, just as other modifiable risk factors are routinely assessed (eg, blood pressure, weight, smoking)”

4

While other determinants of health (genetics, environment, and medical care) influence health outcomes, by far the most important factor contributing to health outcomes is individual lifestyle and behavior.

5

A 2015 article from JAMA Internal Medicine states, “There is no medication treatment that can influence as many organ systems in a positive manner as can physical activity.”

This science wasn’t written based on menopause.

It was based on the obesity and physical inactivity “pandemic.” Not the one in 2020 but the one that began about the time Snackwells experienced its birth. Yet everything in this (and other research studies) applies to menopause.

This is a point in time you’re either going to choose to get and stay healthier or by not exercising properly, you’re at risk of accelerating the rate of aging and disease.

The Right Exercise Essential for Menopause Health

These are all quotes directly from the American Journal of Lifestyle Medicine and it cited numerous papers published in 2007 and 2009 related to this Exercise is Medicine™ joint project between two prestigious organizations.

In the first 5 years, platforms were built. Likely millions were spent. But still not much has happened.

Here we are with less than 20% of all women lifting weights at least twice weekly. For women in menopause, strength training properly could significantly impact at least 7 of the most common symptoms experienced by midlife women. Muscle is an endocrine organ.

Only 32% of patients receive advice from their physician or other health care professional to exercise or to continue being physically active during their visit with a physician.

Only 12% of medical doctors were required to take any course related to exercise during their medical education.

The answers are there. But no one is coming… to help a doctor have more time in an appointment, to help a fitness trainer develop a relationship with a doctor so they can be trusted and used as a referral.

It’s up to us. To you. To me.

We’ve done much harder things. Advocate for yourself. It’s right there.

You are just one workout away.

Reference:

Source: PMID: 32922236

Resources:

10-Day Hot Not Bothered Challenge: https://www.flippingfifty.com/hnb-challenge

STRONGER: https://www.flippingfifty.com/getstronger

Other Episodes You Might Like:

12 Jul 2024Protein Consumption in Menopause 01:01:01

When it comes to protein consumption in menopause, there are several things to consider.

Even though there's no science or medical evidence to show higher (than you grew up with or are used to) protein intakes cause kidney (renal) issues, many people still believe it’s true.

What is true is or anyone who has an existing renal issue, diabetes for instance, high protein diets should be discussed with and then monitored with your physician.

Let’s back pedal to what is “high protein.” It’s very personal in interpretation. The recommended range of protein is 10-35A% of total calories. That’s a large range.

So, if you eat 2500 calories a day and consumed only 10% protein that would be 250 calories from protein. Protein contains 4 kcal per gram so that’s 62 grams of protein. If you ate 35% of your diet from protein, you’d consume 875 kcals from protein. That would be 218 grams of protein. Anywhere between 62 and 218 grams of protein is within recommended daily amounts. That’s nuts!

RDAs are actually the “minimum to prevent deficiency.” Consider the meaning of that.

Protein Consumption in Menopause

The current recommended dietary allowance (RDA) to prevent deficiency in minimally active adults is 0.8 grams (g) of protein per kilogram (kg) of body weight. However, newer research suggests individuals trying to build muscle need more than this.

It also makes sense that women over 50 with greater anabolic resistance trying to build muscle mass and lose fat will want to pay special attention to their need for protein.

Consuming less protein than the body needs has been linked to decreased muscle mass. In contrast, increased protein intakes above the RDA may help increase strength and lean body mass when paired with resistance exercise.

In order to build muscle, a person must consume more protein than what is broken down. This is often referred to as a net positive nitrogen balance, as protein is high in nitrogen.

That is muscle protein synthesis must be greater than muscle protein breakdown for nitrogen balance to be achieved.

According to the 2020-2025 Dietary Guidelines for Americans, most healthy adults over 19 years old should get between 10-35% of their daily calories from protein. One gram of protein provides 4 calories.

This means that a person who eats 2,000 calories per day would need to consume between 50 and 175 grams of protein per day.

Doctors generally agree that healthy adults can safely tolerate a long-term protein intake of up to 2 g per kg of body weight per day without any side effects. However, some groups of people, such as healthy, well-trained athletes, may tolerate up to 3.5 g per kg of body weight.

A 130 lb individual = 60 kg

2g per kg = 120g protein

3.5g/kg = 210g protein

Varied Protein Consumption Recommendations Exist

The World Health Organization in their official report on protein stated that "the most widely quoted potential problems of a high-protein diet relate to renal function and damage, but as discussed [above] the evidence for such claims in otherwise healthy individuals does not stand up to scrutiny."

From Stanford Lifestyle Medicine Longevity:

For adults aged 50+, we recommend consuming 1.2 – 1.6 grams of protein/kg of body weight per day (0.54 – 0.72 grams/pound body weight per day). For a 165-pound adult, this translates to roughly 90 – 120 grams of protein per day

To build muscle past the age of 50, we need to eat enough protein AND do weight training and consume 30 – 35 grams of protein within two hours of the workout.

Due to anabolic resistance, which increases as we age, it’s recommended to increase protein intake per meal to roughly 30 – 35 grams.

For those over 65, another study recommended 1.2 – 2.0 grams / kg of body weight per day.

Data from the Health, Aging and Body Composition study support these findings, showing that intake of animal protein (with greater content of EAA), but not plant protein, was significantly associated with the preservation of lean body mass over three years in older adults.

In dieting older adults (eating significantly below adequate caloric intake need) the loss of muscle percent was much greater in studies than in those adults consuming twice the recommended daily amount.

Subjects with the highest protein intake had 40% less muscle loss than those with lowest protein intake.

Muscle Mass, Body Composition and Protein Consumption in Menopause

When the energy content of the protein source is accounted for, the caloric intake needed to meet the EAA requirements from plant sources of protein is considerably higher than the caloric intake from animal sources of protein. This is important to consider since obesity, especially with aging, is a major public health concern. Obesity is the most predominant factor limiting mobility in the elderly

For anabolic response maximal anabolic response is ~35 g/meal

For older adults it is 2x that of younger adults

The amount of total intake (with at least 35 g per meal) but not the pattern of intake matters most.

So, you could do a large protein intake at breakfast and dinner and moderate at lunch during the day. Or you could do a simple shake pre-workout followed by a high protein meal post workout and 2 additional meals

For synthesis:

  • 35g + at meals
  • Weight training (with adequate rest between sessions)
  • Movement/physical activity
  • Sleep
  • Optimal stress levels

After just 5 days of bedrest older adults have reduced sensitivity to EAAs and greater muscle breakdown compared to young adults. Any illness or injury resulting in decreased muscle function, to be followed by decreased lean muscle mass and strength.

There is a significant reduced effect of EAA synthesis with age.

To maximize muscle protein accretion with resistance exercise, daily protein intakes should be approximately .7-1g per lb body weight and 35g or more per meal.

To promote lean body mass retention during weight loss, protein intakes of ~2.3–3.1 g/kg/day have been advocated. The human body is capable of digesting large quantities of dietary protein.

Protein Consumption in Menopause and Anabolic Resistance (H2)

Reductions in LBM are primarily driven by reductions in postabsorptive rates of MPS and a reduced sensitivity to the presence of a protein bolus. To effectively prevent these declines in MPS during both postabsorptive and postprandial periods, daily protein intake have been recommended to be increased to ~2.3–3.1 g/kg/day, and leaner athletes may wish to aim for intakes at the higher end of this range.

130 lb = 60 kg

2.3 g/kg = 138 g/day

3.1 g/kg = 186 g/day

Anabolic resistance in postmenopausal women

There is no sex difference in basal or fed muscle protein metabolism in the young, but postmenopausal women have a greater anabolic resistance than older men. Anabolic resistance is also shown by the decreased phosphorylation in the PKB-mTOR-eIF4BP1 pathway in response to increased EAA.

Peri and post-menopausal women are increasingly resistant to muscle protein anabolism due to a lack of response to exercise and amino acid uptake (due to the change in the ratio of estrogen:progesterone and sensitivity of receptor sites).

Research also shows that with age, we also need more protein for the same training adaptations.

Current recommended dietary allowance for protein (0.8 g/kg/day) might be inadequate for maintaining muscle health in older adults, probably as a consequence of “anabolic resistance” in aged muscle.

In a report using data from 1,081 adults aged 55–85 years old, more frequent consumption of meals containing 30–45 g protein resulted in the greatest association with leg lean mass and strength.

Total body strength, but particularly lower body strength is closely correlated with longevity or mortality rate.

Consumption of higher protein diets does not have detrimental effects on health, including kidney function, bone health, or liver function and blood lipids according to multiple sources of research.

Summary of Protein Consumption in Menopause  (H2)

Women in the menopause transition should target the higher end of that range (2.2 to 2.4 grams per kilogram), aiming for the lower end on easier days and the higher end on very heavy training days. Research also indicates that when undergoing a calorie deficit, higher levels of protein intake help you keep your lean mass and lose body fat.

That is, set your protein intake, and then if dieting or attempting to lose weight, create a reasonable deficit in calories but with increased protein beyond normal intake.

As you reach peri and postmenopause, your anabolic resistance increases, so you want to aim to have that post-exercise protein closer to 40 grams.

A protein intake of 1.0–1.2 g/kg/day has been recommended for the preservation of healthy aging muscles, while 1.2–1.5 g/kg/day of protein may be necessary in older patients with acute or chronic diseases. Elderly people with severe illness or malnutrition may need as much as 2.0 g/kg/day of protein.

Very active and athletes have always been advised to consume additional protein. For midlife and older women, there’s even more reason to adhere to this advice.

To overcome anabolic resistance, active and menopausal women’s Daily protein intake should fall within the mid- to upper ranges of current sport nutrition guidelines (1.4-2.2 g·kg-1·day-1). If you are an active woman, exercising intentionally 4 or more times a week these numbers apply to you. Using 2.2 g/kg/day is the equivalent of 1 g protein to a lb of body weight. (J Int Soc Sports Nutr. 2023 Dec)

Athletes [and let’s include, the very active] aiming to reduce fat mass and preserve FFM should consume protein intakes in the range of ∼1.8 - 2.7 g kg(-1) d(-1) (or ∼2.3-3.1 g kg(-1) FFM) in combination with a moderate energy deficit (-500 kcal) and the performance of some form of resistance exercise. (Int J Sport Nutr Exerc Metab. 2018)

Add Your Questions Relative to Protein Consumption in Menopause (h2)

The best place to ask a question is the Facebook group.

References:

https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC4924200/

Rennie MJ. Anabolic resistance: the effects of aging, sexual dimorphism, and immobilization on human muscle protein turnover. Appl Physiol Nutr Metab. 2009 Jun;34(3):377-81. doi: 10.1139/H09-012. PMID: 19448702.

https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/18175749/

Andres V Ardisson Korat, M Kyla Shea, Paul F Jacques, Paola Sebastiani, Molin Wang, A Heather Eliassen, Walter C Willett, Qi Sun,

Dietary protein intake in midlife in relation to healthy aging – results from the prospective Nurses’ Health Study cohort, The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, Volume 119, Issue 2, 2024, Pages 271-282, ISSN 0002-9165, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ajcnut.2023.11.010.

https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC4882708/

https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC5852756/

https://journals.humankinetics.com/view/journals/ijsnem/28/2/article-p170.xml

https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC4882708/

J Int Soc Sports Nutr. 2023 Dec

(Int J Sport Nutr Exerc Metab. 2018

Other Episodes You Might Like:

Resources:

09 Jan 2024Grow Your Own Food | Gardening for Greater Health00:25:15

How would you like to grow your own food for dinner? Step outside your door or head to a special place on your counter and grab your spinach or microgreens, wash them and enjoy? 

No matter where you live, my guest today tells us we can do this. I love the idea of pulling it out of the ground and eating it full of nutrients instead of knowing it’s been flown or trucked in, sat in the store and then in my refrigerator… all the while losing nutrients. 

And of course, that’s if the nutrient density of the soil it was grown in was good to begin with. We’ve got reasons to want better nutrition than we can buy at the grocery store. 

My Guest:  

Katie Oglesby is an edible Garden Designer and holistic health coach on a mission to help her clients to stop being passive participants in their health journeys and become courageous, informed advocates for their wellbeing. As a Garden Coach and Real Food Advocate, she fuses the healing power of gardening with the healing power of food-as-medicine in her garden designs and holistic approach to a garden-to-table lifestyle.

Questions We Answer in This Episode:

  • What propelled  you into leading a gardening?
  • What happens to nutrient density from harvest to the refrigerator or the time we cook it?
  • How easy is it to grow your own salad or herb garden?
  • Do you have tips about growing in seasons?
  • How can you grow in the off-season or small spaces?
  • Why are you a fan of utilizing herbs more and avoiding the spice aisle?
  • Any other benefits of gardening beyond the food density?

Resources: 

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

Higher Metabolism with Thermogenesis: What’s the Influence of Foods?

https://www.flippingfifty.com/higher-metabolism/

When Healthy Foods Cause Fat and Weight Gain

https://www.flippingfifty.com/healthy-foods/

How Not to Die From Your Nutrition Mistakes

https://www.flippingfifty.com/nutrition-mistakes/

26 Mar 2024Live Longer Regardless of Your Biological Age with Kara Fitzgerald00:36:59

Older-shmolder! How taking control of your biological age can help you live longer, better. This episode is going to have something for everyone in your life. From the food you eat and daily habits you have, you will findout how to reverse your old age before it even happens.

My Guest

Dr. Kara Fitzgerald is an award-winning clinical researcher of biological age reversal using a diet and lifestyle intervention developed in her virtual and in-person Functional Medicine clinic. She is the author of the book, Younger You and Program based on her ground-breaking 8-week clinical study and follow up case series that resulted in a 3-year and 4.6-year average reversalof biological aging, respectively. She also has a Younger You companion cookbook, Better Broths and Healing Tonics. Dr. Fitzgerald is an educator at the Institute for Functional Medicine(IFM), and is an IFM Certified Practitioner. She regularly lectures internationally and hosts the podcast New Frontiers in Functional Medicine.

Questions We Answer in This Episode:

  • What prompted you to write this book (Younger You: Reduce Your Bio Age and Live Longer, Better? [00:03:36]
  • What is DNA Methylation? [00:09:19]
  • Why should you include mushrooms in your diet? [00:14:15]
  • Which is more advantageous when it comes to biological age? Plant-based or animal-based products? [00:16:44]
  • Talk to me a little bit about exercise. So what did you find was key? [00:23:38]
  • How important is joy? [00:26:59]
  • That period of time you were going through a really hard time. Is there any equivalent to that with resilience in life? [00:31:29]

 

Connect with Dr. Kara

Website: You can keep up-to-date with Dr. Fitzgerald’s work and programs by joining her e-newsletter list here https://www.drkarafitzgerald.com

On Social:

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

The ABCs of Metabolic Mastery for Midlife Women

https://www.flippingfifty.com/metabolic-mastery/

What Are the Real Secrets to Longevity?

https://www.flippingfifty.com/real-secrets-to-longevity/

Low Energy Availability in Menopause? Eating Too Little to Feel Good or Age Well

https://www.flippingfifty.com/low-energy-availability-in-menopause/

 

Resources

25 Jun 2024How to Spot Menopause Misinformation: A Doctor Talks 00:45:56

With the increased emphasis on menopause and longevity, there is more menopause misinformation, too. This episode takes a look at several areas where you might want to take a closer look at your Google Search, the associations and society’s you follow, what “published science” actually is, and two hot-topics right now.

My Guest:

Shawn Tassone MD, Ph.D., known as Americas Holistic Gynecologist, is the first physician in the United States to be double board certified in Obstetrics and Gynecology and by the American Board of Integrative Medicine. He holds a medical degree in addition to a Ph.D. in mind-body medicine. He’s a practicing OBGYN in the Austin, Tx, hormone specialist, author, speaker, highly rated patient advocate, and creator of the world’s first integrative hormonal mapping system. In his 20+ years of practice, Dr. Tassone has seen over 40,000 women and he is determined to remove the myths surrounding women's health. As an integrative health practitioner, he believes that you should have an active role in your care. His work includes studies and publications on hormonal imbalances, spirituality in medical care, whole foods to heal the human body, and integrative medicine. Dr. Tassone is featured in many publications including The New York Times, NBCNews Online, Stanford MedX, and his book, The Hormone Balance Bible, published by HarperCollins, is now available for purchase.

Questions We Cover in this Episode:

  • With menopause trending in 2024, what misinformation concerns you most? [00:08:15]
  • Titles like Associations, Institute, Society are easy to acquire, much like Instagram profiles. [00:16:15]
  • What are the biggest false information provided to women about menopause? [00:09:15]
  • Do you sometimes think misinformation is intentional; due to ignorance; or the desire to appear as authority without science or understanding enough to deliver? [00:17:15]
  • Are women being misinformed about hot topics like:
    • Intermittent Fasting [00:27:25]
    • GLP-1/Ozempic/Wegovy/ [00:31:45]
  • Menopause discussion has surged, from none to everyone and having a product for it. We judge fitness professionals by appearances and short social media clips, not knowing their true practices. [00:16:15]

Connect with Dr Tassone:

Website: www.tassonemd.com

On Social:

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/tassonedoc

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/shawntassonemd

TikTok: https://www.tiktok.com/@shawntassonemdphd

Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/shawntassonemdphd

Twitter: https://twitter.com/tassonedoc

YouTube: www.youtube.com/c/ShawnTassoneMDPhD

LinkedIn: linkedin.com/in/shawntassonemdphd

Podcast: www.tassonemd.com/podcast

Book: www.tassonemd.com/hormone-balance-bible

Other Episodes You Might Like:

Previous episodes with Shawn Tassone, medical gaslighting, ageism

22 Mar 2024Muscle Protein Synthesis in Menopause: How to Plan Pre and Post Workout 00:26:37

If you’re losing tone, can’t seem to get the results you deserve for the time and energy you spend, you can blame it on part on muscle protein synthesis in menopause. What you did that worked isn’t going to. 

In the dance between muscle protein synthesis and muscle protein breakdown, you’re MPS is stepping out on you. 

It’s going to take more effort to win this tango. 

During menopause transition muscle protein breakdown occurs at a faster rate due to lower levels of Estrogen, not to mention testosterone. 

Estrogen is a natural stimulus for muscle. The problem is multifaceted. Reduced testosterone (which can start declines much earlier than that in some women). If you’re not sleeping well at night or staying in deep sleep, the times when you do produce testosterone and growth hormone, another important factor in gaining lean muscle, you won’t have those important factors. 

Also when you don’t sleep at night, too little/poorly, your cortisol and insulin levels are such that you’re in muscle breakdown and fat storage. 

This is when a woman is in the gym, actually doing the things, and feeling as if she’s not getting rewards, or seeing results. 

There are two things that stimulate muscle protein synthesis in menopause: 

-Adequate protein intake on a per meal basis

-Adequate mechanical stress to the muscles (resistance training)

That decreased muscle protein synthesis results in an increased need for protein (quality protein) 

Sources that are best are high in leucine. Especially if you’re not consuming much protein or find it hard, you want to lean into leucine. Plant proteins unfortunately don’t have much leucine to help this process. Best sources are animal proteins like beef, bison or wild meats. 

Here’s where I find some blogs, podcasts, even research findings let us down. Suggestions to supplement with leucine would be well-intended potentially for a frail, older adult unable to consume enough dietary protein, unwilling to or and at later stages of life. 

But for a midlife woman with the potential for decades ahead of her, the full range of amino acids in the body will be important in her ability to thrive and maintain all areas of health. It’s the difference between hanging on, and better than nothing, and wanting energy and vitality. 

In consideration of questions like, should I supplement with leucine? My thoughts are, not in isolation if you’re not getting adequate dietary protein. You may want ALSO to supplement specifically with it post workout, or at meals when you aren’t getting adequate protein but I like to see complete essential amino acids first before isolating with greater amounts of individual.

Even though, it is and has always been leucine that is associated with lean muscle gains. I began publishing The Protein Report for women in menopause in 2013. It stemmed from a Protein Symposium I had the honor of co-hosting at Iowa State University in honor of Steve Nissen, who had discovered HMB years earlier. If you’re familiar with products Boost and Ensure, you have some awareness of HMB. The ingredient is used more widely now, not only for the drinks intended to help bedridden frail consume high protein drinks to reduce muscle and strength losses. 

HMB is another supplement question that more frequently comes up today. Should you supplement with HMB. Potentially if you’re struggling with the ability to consume high quality protein sources and you’re at high risk (low body weight, frail, fine boned, weak), it may be something to consider. 

I also hesitate to suggest it to anyone without first looking at food logs and having you assess what you’re consuming from whole foods. 

Good News About MPS in Menopause

A study in the International Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology (2022) shows that when women in menopause increase dietary protein, good things happen that can offset potential muscle breakdown AND fat gain. There is a “protein hypothesis” (first published in 2005 in Obesity journal) that goes like this: when you’re not getting adequate protein, the body will signal hunger. Unfortunately, if protein isn’t the choice, often excess calories are consumed (with less satiety AND less micronutrient density) and still the protein need is incomplete. Muscle preservation doesn’t occur, while excess food is stored as fat. 

You’re not as likely to overeat protein. In fact, these studies showed that when the percent of protein intake was increased, the total calories or energy consumed was either the same or reduced, but in most cases high protein was inversely related to total caloric intake. That is, you eat more protein, you consume less energy. If you’re seeking a caloric deficit, without feeling deprived, and you want to spare muscle loss and even gain lean muscle while losing fat, protein is the way to go. Again, satiety is your best friend. 

And if you overeat a little more protein than you need, a recent study in Cell Reports Medicine showed that a big bolus of protein can result in a greater and more prolonged anabolic response. It was previously thought that there may be an upper limit of 40 grams by some. 

The question still lingers though, what about women? Women in midlife and later, particularly with greater anabolic resistance than men and less muscle mass relative to their own body weight than men. 

Post workout protein intake of 20-30 grams was previously sufficient in young adults (and mainly males, note this). For older adults to have the equal muscle protein synthesis, protein requirement post workout was double. That is 40 grams compared to 20 grams. 

While it’s still a good idea to consume meals across the day if you’re going to take in fiber, vegetables that are micronutrient dense, if you are occasionally stuck and find yourself faced with not having gotten enough protein, having a bigger amount at a single meal (OMAD) or two larger meals may still support muscle protein synthesis. For most, long term ingestion of one meal a day is not sustainable if you value a social life and quote unquote breaking bread or pairing protein with loved-ones. But if you’re fasting, you may need to worry less about 

If you’re seeking a caloric deficit, without feeling deprived, and you want to spare muscle loss and even gain lean muscle while losing fat, protein is the way to go.

Gain Muscle in Spite of Anabolic Resistance

According to the new recommendations by the International Society of Sports Nutrition, position stand for female athletes to counter Anabolic resistance – they should have at least 10 grams of protein before or immediately after exercise. In spite of the recently mentioned ability to potentially absorb a large bolus of protein, women in later stages of life with greater anabolic resistance may still find spreading doses of at least 30-40 grams or more over multiple meals 3-4 hours apart more beneficial.

Summary of Muscle Protein Synthesis in Menopause:

At the very least, for high intensity intentional exercise beyond going for a walk, break the fast. Consume calories. Ideally higher in protein for resistance training exercise, and including protein for high intensity interval training.

Resources: 

Power Plate with the Flipping 50 community code: Flipping50 https://www.flippnigfifty.com/PowerPlate

STRONGER Tone & Define: https://www.flippingfifty.com/getstronger

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

3 Steps to Gain Lean Muscle in Menopause

https://www.flippingfifty.com/gain-lean-muscle/

It’s Not Just About How Much Protein | Menopause Fitness

https://www.flippingfifty.com/how-much-protein/

References:

26 Apr 2024Why a Trainer May Not Get You Results in Menopause00:21:35

Fitness Shifts in Menopause: When Your Trainer May Not Get You Results

Your trainer may not get you results in menopause. Rethink your trainer-led workouts. It’s not his or her fault, but it’s critical to understand that what worked for you in your 30s or 40s might not be effective now.

It wasn’t until I created Flipping 50 in 2013, and then finally created the Flipping 50 Menopause Fitness Specialist in 2018 that I knew of training in existence for trainers or health coaches of midlife women.

Some trainers, often fitness enthusiasts themselves, may venture to advise based on their own readings or experiences. However, this might not be sufficient to guide decisions on the critical aspects of aging optimally: your muscle, bone, and brain health. It's vital to recognize when your trainer may not get you results and seek tailored guidance that addresses your unique needs during menopause.

Ask these Questions to Avoid Getting a Trainer That May Not Get You Results:

  1. What specific training have you had about training women in midlife?
  2. What is unique in the way you train women in midlife vs younger women/older women or men?
  3. How do you define success?
  4. What kinds of things will you be asking me to do?
  5. What are the most important components of the work we’ll do together?
  6. I’ve heard it said that guidelines and quotas for exercise aren’t necessarily the best way for women to design an exercise program. What are your thoughts on programming for me?
  7. How do you measure success?

That’s a start. And if you are a trainer or coach who works with women in midlife, I highly recommend you consider one of three programs:

  • Dr. Stacy Sims offers a course
  • Girls Gone Strong offers a Women’s training course
  • Flipping 50 Menopause Fitness Specialist© (for building your entire business, including marketing and training strategies)

Something is better than nothing or winging it by reading a lot and having gone through it yourself, is not science. You’re a study of one. Until you’ve coached thousands so you’re truly an expert with the time and hours and worked with the unique differences of individuals, none of us can justify our personal experience as a credible authority.

Resources:

What, When & Why to Exercise for Women 40+ summit: https://www.flippingfifty.com/wwwexercise

5 Day Flip: https://www.flippingfifty.com/5dayflip

Other Episodes You Might Like:

Don’t Let Cortisol Derail Your Results: https://www.flippingfifty.com/cortisol-hormone/

How to Choose a Fitness Pro: https://www.flippingfifty.com/need-a-coach/

23 Feb 2024Why & How the Flipping 50 Show Started a Decade Ago00:25:20

Like many things worth it, it wasn’t easy when the Flipping 50 show started. If you’re new or you’ve been here a minute but you never heard this story, this is how it all started. 

Tears roll down my face as I take down years of memories. Since I can remember I wanted dozens of frames full of memories hanging on my walls and lining bookshelves. My cell phone rings and I see it’s my realtor, what perfect timing.

It was she who said a house sells better when a buyer can imagine themselves in the space and the seller’s personal items are removed. 

I should have been putting up Christmas decorations. It was a brutally cold December day. There’d be no 19 ft tree, no throwing mardi gras beads at it. Dustin was at college and would be home over break but there might not even be a tree this year. He’d have to have that experience at his dad’s. 

That was the first year of what is now Flipping 50 and the companion business served by the She Means Fitness Business podcast that helps health and fitness coaches start and grow their fitness businesses serving women over 40. 

That was 11 months after having quit safety and security of a regular paycheck. It was after the times I’d confidently said, “If I’m not where I need to be and have to, I’ll sell my house.” 

Not so confidently, I was selling my house. 

I was leaving… a house I loved in a neighborhood I loved in a town I had loved since I was a little girl visiting my sister and hearing stories of my grandmother attending college here so many decades ago. 

During the first 14 months of going 100% in on the mission to serve midlife women and to uplevel the health and fitness industry instead of complaining about what was wrong with it, I had 8 major life changes. 

Life was tough. 

But then – I’d love to say I worked harder, got help and it all got better.

Well folks that’s not how it happened. 

Life got harder.

And I learned a lot of lessons.

In the J.Crew factory outlet store picking up funeral suit coats for my great nephews who’s dad was just killed by a drunk and high driver. In spite of red-rimmed puffy eyes the clerk said, “Going to a wedding?” It took everything I had just then which was not a lot not to say, “No bitch, you had a 50/50 chance and you blew it. They’re burying their dad.” 

My niece’s husband was killed riding his bike in the last 10 minutes from home of a two hour ride with a buddy after having been gone all week without getting in a ride. The driver had left him for dead and sped off. We were all devastated. Not just the families, but a town, his colleagues at Google, his biking community near pros. Bill wasn’t a careless occasional rider out on a Saturday ride. He was a calculated, Eagle scout kid grown into a turning-pro biker who was much loved and envied for his skill and humility. 

Life was hard before Bill. 

But after, my eyes were open about hard. 

Choose your hard we say. I choose to work “hard” because I know this isn’t hard. I choose to put in more time than most are willing to because it matters. Things that do are worth it. I’m not here for the toned arms and the smaller size. 

I’m here for adventure and fun and feeling it all, experiencing it all. I watched life fall apart in minutes. I’ve also watched it come back together. It’s never the same. Of course it’s not. But it’s beautiful and it’s honoring to those gone.

This was the first 4 years of my start of a new life. 

Tears – much more than laughter. And the privilege of watching generosity and love pour out of people. The lessons of understanding that everyone you meet on the street at any moment could be going through a catastrophic event in their lives. Because groceries still have to be bought and work still has to happen and kids need to go to school. 

I’ve become a better human because of hard. 

It can go either way. You can let it swallow you up, consume you, gain limited beliefs and then let them run you or you can surround yourself with someone who will tell you that no, exercising hours a day and fasting to disguise a terrible habit of eating too little… is going to keep you stuck. 

I established Flipping 50 for the women who feel like no one gets them, and that trainers seem to think they must be cheating if they aren’t getting results. For those who think they should be tired, sore and stiff or it isn’t working. Who think if you feel miserable you’ll finally get to a place you feel good.

My job is to point out the science that these things are wrong. To put into practical terms what the missing part is for women in midlife. 

No one was talking about menopause fitness in 2013 when I began this journey. 

And what i used to teach in the 80s and the mid 90s even about osteoporosis has changed. Yet, if it’s online you may read something and still now be conflicted.

It’s my self-prescribed job description to clean that mess up and give you clarity about why we thought that then and what we know now. Not just to tell you the rules have changed.

It’s my job to help you hear from people whose ideas oppose mine or sway me to change my limited thinking. 

It’s not about being right. Sometimes it’s about delivering information that might be inconclusive so that you can decide for yourself. 

Others, it’s sharing new information and either asking questions about the validity of the science or its application to you. 

When you tune in, you’ll hear interviews usually reserved for Tuesdays and most often a solo episode on Fridays, answering questions or following up with an idea or science that’s new on the scene. When for instance our community is confused about “Zone 2” training, or conflicted on fasting + exercise in a fed state, I’ll be talking about these things. 

Mostly, I’ll be talking about these things with the lens focused on women in midlife and studies featuring women just like you. 

You’re not a man, a mouse, or a young woman – not even younger you. 

I also ask that you think big. Rather than criticize, get curious. Why was it said that way? How could it have triggered you? And believe that one woman doing lifts us all up, it’s called collaboration and if you haven’t gotten the memo, we’re lifting each other up now. 

When I was a year into building this online business of mine that Flipping 50 Show became a part of I realized something. 

Resources: 

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

23 Jul 202478 Year Old Endurance Athlete Training for Triathlons00:47:25

Rarely do we look at training for endurance or being an endurance athlete here. Today is different. This isn’t a suggestion nor a recommendation. But it is a glass ceiling lift. Whatever you think is possible, is possible. There are few 78-year-olds training for 4-5 hours on a bike or spending hours a week in the pool and on their zero gravity treadmill... preparing for one of the most daunting events in triathlon. But today’s guest is. My returning guest is a 78-year-old endurance athlete and she’s here to share her next goal. If you walk away with one thing, I hope it is that it’s never too late, you’re not too old. And if you find yourself thinking, she shouldn’t, you reconsider and do a self check about your own fear level instead.

My Guest:

Dexter Yeats, age 78, but identified as 79 for Racing, as it is My Last Year in the Female 74-79 Age Group!

In the late 1970s, she began participating in triathlons. In her first race, she finished as the third female overall but was also dead last. There were few female racers back then, and no awards for women, so they received single red roses from a local grocery store. Her first Ironman was in Penticton, Canada, in 1993, where she won her age group (45-49) and qualified for KONA, finishing 10th in her age group. Life's demands limited her swimming and cycling, drawing her to Ultra Running. She ran a dozen 50-mile trail runs and attempted a few 100-mile runs, but her career as a Teamster truck driver restricted her training time, leading to some years without racing. After retiring in 2010, she moved near Coeur d'Alene, Idaho, and resumed racing at 66. She has since completed 15 more full Ironman races, totaling 16, with 10 age group wins and 5 Kona finishes. Despite a few DNFs, she remains undeterred. She has also competed in Ironman 70.3 races, qualifying for the World Championships in Australia, South Africa, and France. In 2018, she won as The World Champion in her age group (70-74) in South Africa. ASEA sponsors her, providing 'Fountain of Youth' products that help her stay healthy, recover and keep going.

Questions we answer in this episode:

● How long have you been racing? 00:08:30 ● Any plans to hang it up? 00:09:30 ● What kind of goals do you have? 00:015:40 ● Are you training by the numbers and testing or what does that look like ?00:08:20

● Do you get resistance from people who think this is too much or wonder if you should be doing this? 19:00

Thoughts about endurance training or being an endurance athlete in latter decades? Inspired? Or what are your reactions? Share them with us!

Connect with Dexter:

On Social:

Other Episodes You May Like:

10 Nov 20235 Menopause Workout Tips from Recent Exercise Studies 00:30:54

Let’s get into the science today. These 5 menopause workout tips stem from recent research featuring women in menopause and effects of menopause. If this is you, was you or will be you… I’m so glad you’re here! 

No idea where to start? Start with this: https://www.flippingfifty.com/5dayflip 

#1 Menopause Workout Tips: ESTROGEN LOSS DIRECTLY CORRELATES TO MUSCLE PROTEIN SYNTHESIS LOSS

Because insufficient estrogen levels lead to loss of muscle protein synthesis, during menopause transition when this is the most significant, there needs to be an increased external stimulus (lifting weights) and protein compared to before menopause transition.

Solution: Lifting heavier and or with more volume (not frequency) than PRE menopause and consuming a regular dose of high quality protein throughout the day: both proven to boost muscle protein synthesis.

Science: Gerontology, 2021

#2 Menopause Workout Tips: The Greatest Loss of Lean Muscle Tissue Occurs...

... during the phase from Early Perimenopause to Late Perimenopause (27%) percent. This is the greatest opportunity to PREVENT losses that follow in greater significants too.

Though early and late postmenopause phases also reflect signficantly high muscle loss, they could be mitigated by positively influencing what occurs for most women between 40 and 50. (Understand every woman's menopause journey is unique)

If you didn't, start. If you're in perimenopause (know it or not in your 40s) begin this muscle protein synthesis boosting NOW.

Science: Iran Journal of Public Health, 2021

#3 Menopause Workout TIps: Greater Volume During a Session vs Greater Volume in Frequency

...Provides Greater muscle mass, strength, and endurance. THIS is really an important concept to consider. When volume is identical comparing 3x a week with 2 sets of strength vs 2x a week with 3 sets of strength, the latter was far more beneficial.

There's more. If you combine this study with others demonstrating adrenal insufficiency, recovery rate, and the number one obstacle for exercise (time), there is a huge advantage to less frequent, yet additional sets creating a volume of stimulus with a more positive effect.

Science: Journal of Strength & Conditioning Research, 2022

#4 Menopause Workout Tips: Still Ovulating? A Time to Lift Heavy, a Time to Do Agility Moves

Plan your exercise with your cycle or you miss an opportunity to make fitness gains and decrease risk injury.

During week 2 or ovulation, That is about 10-14 days after your cycle starts, is the BEST time to lift heavy. Yet, it is the worst time to do agility and rapid directional changes of movement.

The effects of estrogen mean muscle benefits significantly from heavy and power work, and is supported by rigid tendons. However the combination of rigid tendons and lax ligaments also created with high estrogen mean injury risk is greater during this time.

Very often, women begin reporting greater injury or repeat injuries during perimenopause and there's no proof but I do suspect that not honoring this cycle is a contributing factor. Then once you've got a weak link you are not aware of, the repeated stress without cycling workout stimulus is worsened.

Menopause? of course estrogen is over all, down. But cycling or periodization is still a consideration in order to optimize benefits and decrease risk of injury.

Science: Frontiers in Physiology, 2019

#5 Menopause Workout Tips: 3 Solutions for Overcoming Sarcopenia or Anabolic Resistance

Muscle protein synthesis is a chief mechanism for maintaining and gaining lean muscle. Estrogen's positive influence on muscle is removed or reduced during menopause. What's left?

  • Resistance Training

  • High quality protein at regular intervals throughout the day (high quality includes sources with adequate leucine and EAA important to muscle gain)

  • Supplementation - if dietary protein goals aren't achieved (could include protein powder, EAAs, Creatine, and or BCAAs)

The greatest of these is Resistance Training. The stimulus is a must.

Science: Nutrition Metabolism, 2016

Resources: 

Power Plate: https://www.flippingfifty.com/PowerPlate

Use Code: Flipping50

Essential Amino Acids: https://www.flippingfifty.com/resources 

What, When & Why to Exercise for Women 40+ Recordings: https://www.flippingfifty.com/womensexercise 

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

Whole Body Vibration: http://flipping50.com/whole-body-vibration/

Are MEN JUST as at Risk for Osteoporosis?:

https://www.flippingfifty.com/risk-for-osteoporosis/

 

28 Nov 2023How to Lose Weight for Active Women Over 40: Women’s Exercise Nutrition00:35:26

Many women want to lose weight. To lose weight for active women over 40, they also don’t want performance to deteriorate. There are a few things to consider. First, it’s not the eat less, exercise more dogma that will get you what you really want. 

Most women want energy, tone and definition, and strength for now and later. Better blood sugar control that supports reductions in belly fat and overall insulin sensitivity. 

Am I right?

But eating less and exercising more - if successful at all during menopause and post - will generally cause the opposite. Less energy, worse mood, poor sleep, less muscle tone, and spirals down from there with long term ramifications to health. 

Being active, whether sports performance level or just athletic active, requires energy. There is still a way to juggle goals of maintaining or improving performance while still dropping a few pounds of extra cushioning. 

Eating to Lose Weight Active Over 40

Close to the beginning and/or after completion of exercise, peri- and postmenopausal athletes should aim for a bolus of high EAA-containing (~10 g) intact protein sources or supplements to overcome anabolic resistance.

Anabolic resistance is the status of muscle loss being more likely than muscle gain and it requires more intense exercise stimulus (strength training), quality protein stimulus, and recovery to overcome it. 

An ACSM review of literature stated 20 g protein pre-exercise (and 40 after) for older adults to boost Muscle Protein Synthesis similar to that of a 20 yr old when workout conditions were comparable. 

Time pre-exercise fuel for optimal digestion. Within 30 minutes of a workout the easier to digest fuel must be. It’s not only a comfort factor, but also the diverted energy for digestion competing with the need for blood flow to deliver oxygen to working muscles. Both digestion and performance will suffer. A “simple shake” with protein powder and unsweetened almond milk or water may be the easy way to go. 

If you want carbs, add a half a banana to the shake or have half cup oatmeal with protein powder.

Pre-workout, avoid fiber and fat. A mixed meal eaten pre-workout should allow at least 2 ½ - 3 hours to be fully digested. Some will feel most comfortable if this is longer than that (4 hours) if it’s following recommendations for high fiber, high protein and high fat. 

Given recommendations range from at least 10 to 20 grams of protein pre-workout, below are some examples of protein sources. The more challenged you are with gaining lean muscle (and or are attempting to lose weight while retaining muscle) the higher end of the range you want to be.

Lose Weight for Active Women: Women’s Guide to Exercise Nutrition

High EAA examples of 10 g protein: 

Small half a simple shake including protein powder and unsweetened almond milk 

Dairy (which does by the way include whey protein) generally pre-exercise wouldn’t be recommended due to its influence in mucus production, even if you tolerate which a lot of women don’t later in life (but Greek yogurt or cottage cheese are sources of protein- again I don’t recommend pre-exercise).

·      2 eggs equal 12 grams of protein (if you tolerate eggs) 

·      ½ cup steel cut oats with protein stirred in

·      Quinoa 

Choices vary as to whether you want carbohydrate prior or not to avoid early fatigue during exercise sessions.

Overcoming Anabolic Resistance: 

A study in the European Journal of Sports Science found higher protein intakes (2-3 times the protein Recommended Dietary Allowance (RDA) of 0.8 g/kg/d) during periods of energy restriction can enhance fat-free mass (FFM) preservation, particularly when combined with exercise.

Athletes [and let’s include, the very active] aiming to reduce fat mass and preserve FFM should consume protein intakes in the range of ∼1.8-2.7 g kg(-1) d(-1) (or ∼2.3-3.1 g kg(-1) FFM) in combination with a moderate energy deficit (-500 kcal) and the performance of some form of resistance exercise. 

What does that look like for you? 

Say you weigh 130lbs. Rounding Kgs up to 60. 

Based on body weight: 162 g protein 

Using the FFM example: 

Say you weigh 130lbs and are 25% body fat. Subtracting the fat weight in lbs (32.5) from bodyweight leaves 97.5 Fat Free Mass. 

224 g 

Using the high range number for each of body weight and FFM-based protein recommendations, the daily protein recommendation then would be 162 – 224 grams of protein daily. That is with the goal of losing weight while resistance training with a moderate calorie deficit. 

Taking a median number of 180 g protein with each gram of protein offering 4 kcals means you’d be taking in 720 kcals/day from protein. 

Fat = 7 kcals, Carb = 4 kcals. 

Prepare to be confused. 

Health Organizations Weigh in (Not necessarily on losing weight)

  • Prestigious Organizations Offer These Calculations for a 130lb active woman: 
  • American Dietetic Association (ADA): at least 59 - 106 grams/day.
  • The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC): 48 - 169 grams/day (10-35% of daily caloric intake).
  • World Health Organization safe lower limit: 49 grams/day.

Keep in mind these recommendations vary in goal. The least amount of protein to avoid death or illness is not the same to thrive and add lean muscle, strength and energy. We have a gap. 

So, it is of course confusing. We also have emotional relationships to food and beliefs we’ve held for a long time. Those too are likely factors in your reaction to this episode. You’re nodding or shaking. Even though the science is the basis of the content, we don’t as humans adopt it readily. 

Say You Don’t Want to Lose Weight You Want to Maintain

Daily protein intake should fall within the mid- to upper ranges of current sport nutrition guidelines (1.4-2.2 g·kg-1·day-1) for women at all stages of menstrual function (pre-, peri-, post-menopausal, and contraceptive users) with protein doses evenly distributed, every 3-4 h, across the day. Eumenorrheic athletes in the luteal phase and peri/post-menopausal athletes, regardless of sport, should aim for the upper end of the range.

Let’s do the math. 

130lb woman 

Convert to kg: 59

129 g protein 

 

150lb woman 

Convert to kg: 68

149 g protein 

This is the equivalent of 1 g protein per lb of body weight. You can keep it easy by remembering that is your daily AND that a “dose” of protein needs to be at least 30gm at a meal. However, if you go higher as suggested for your first meal of the day, the next meal may not need to be as high if you eat within 3-4 hours to keep that muscle protein synthesis up.
The alternative is muscle protein breakdown. You’re in one or the other. There’s really not a neutral. 

To Lose Weight for Active Women, Examples of a day of high protein meals: 

Pre-Workout:

  • 20 gm protein in a simple shake pre-workout 
  • Or minimally, 12 gm protein in two eggs pre-workout

Meal Examples: 

  • 45g protein in a post- workout smoothie 
  • 51g Salmon (35) + quinoa (6) + Greek-style yogurt (10) with berries 
  • 43g Taco Salad with ground Bison (35) + Black beans (8) 
  • 46g 6 large Sauteed Scallops (29) + Three-bean salad (8) + Black Bean Brownie (9) 

I’m not an advocate of calorie counting. However, a snapshot of the number of calories you take in can be helpful. Many women are too far below what they need, AND too low in protein, AND not lifting weights with adequate intensity or sleeping. Those will add up to muscle loss. You may temporarily think you’re successful at the weight loss game, but unless you mitigate it, muscle loss will result in you feeling weaker, less energetic and having a slower metabolism 

Weight loss with an on-target activity plan means having a slight caloric deficit with an increased amount of protein from a maintenance phase. Other research I’ve shared suggests increasing protein by 10-15% above maintenance along with a reasonable deficit if weight loss is needed. 

So, let’s challenge that. 

Do you need weight loss? Or do you need to gain lean muscle? Get very clear. You may need both but someone listening needs to hear this: you don’t need weight loss; you need fat loss. That will come with an increase in lean muscle and a decrease in inflammation. 

Additionally, to Lose Weight While Active Over 40

Creatine supplementation of 3 to 5 g per day is recommended for the mechanistic support of creatine supplementation with regard to muscle protein kinetics, growth factors, satellite cells, myogenic transcription factors, glycogen and calcium regulation, oxidative stress, and inflammation. Postmenopausal females benefit from bone health, mental health, and skeletal muscle size and function when consuming higher (5g) doses of creatine.

References: 

Murphy CH, Hector AJ, Phillips SM. Considerations for protein intake in managing weight loss in athletes. Eur J Sport Sci. 2015;15(1):21-8. doi: 10.1080/17461391.2014.936325. Epub 2014 Jul 11. PMID: 25014731.

Hector AJ, Phillips SM. Protein Recommendations for Weight Loss in Elite Athletes: A Focus on Body Composition and Performance. Int J Sport Nutr Exerc Metab. 2018 Mar 1;28(2):170-177. doi: 10.1123/ijsnem.2017-0273. Epub 2018 Feb 19. PMID: 29182451.

Sims ST, Kerksick CM, Smith-Ryan AE, Janse de Jonge XAK, Hirsch KR, Arent SM, Hewlings SJ, Kleiner SM, Bustillo E, Tartar JL, Starratt VG, Kreider RB, Greenwalt C, Rentería LI, Ormsbee MJ, VanDusseldorp TA, Campbell BI, Kalman DS, Antonio J. International society of sports nutrition position stand: nutritional concerns of the female athlete. J Int Soc Sports Nutr. 2023 Dec;20(1):2204066. doi: 10.1080/15502783.2023.2204066. 

Science: 

PMID: 37221858; PMCID: PMC10210857.

Resources: 

5 Day Flip: https://www.flippingfifty.com/5dayflip

Flipping 50 Cafe Membership: https://www.flippingfifty.com/cafe/

Flipping 50 Protein: https://www.flippingfifty.com/store/protein-powders/paleo-protein-powder-vanilla/

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

How Much Collagen Counts Toward Protein Needs?  https://www.flippingfifty.com/how-much-collagen/

Protein Supplements for Muscle Building: What, When & Why to Exercise for Women 40+  https://www.flippingfifty.com/protein-supplements-for-muscle-building/

Midlife Weight Loss: Burn Body Fat, Balance Your Hormones  https://www.flippingfifty.com/midlife-weight-loss/

18 Jun 2024Midlife Gut Solutions from Bloat to Colitis and Crohn’s00:42:13

Seeking gut solutions? You’re not alone and apparently the USA is the gut disease capital of the world. You heard that right. In this episode, we define serious conditions like Colitis and Crohn’s but we start with - and they may start with - bloat. Have I got your attention?

Understanding what could be a gut issue (skin, asthma, arthritis, brain fog, hormonal issues, etc.), the links between the gut and other diseases, and other topics suggested from Flipping 50 support :)

Hear how my guest got interested in gut solutions with a personal training client he helped break world records.

My Guest:

Josh is an ex-paramedic, and Holistic Nutritionist, specializing in gut health. It was the successes his clients have had with complex digestive diseases like Crohn's and Colitis, previously thought to be impossible, that got him connected to some of the world’s most renowned doctors.

Since then, he’s been recruited to the Priority Health Academy as a medical lecturer, helping educate doctors on the holistic approach to gut health, and complex digestive issues.

Questions We Answer in This Episode:

  • Define and distinguish Crohn’s and Colitis and their causes and cures[00:16:25]
  • How and why is the USA the gut disease capital of the world? [00:29:25]
  • How vastly important are our guts are, and how they connect to 93% of the leading causes of death in the USA? [00:13:45]
  • Can you explain the role of the gut biome in disease processes like, chronic inflammation, obesity and mental health? [00:12:15]
  • What's the difference between Western and Functional medicine's approaches to gut health? [00:18:15]
  • What does gut health have to do with brain health, intuition and relationships? [00:33:25]

Connect with Josh Dech :

On Social:

Other Episodes You Might Like:

Resources:

16 Jan 2024To Detox and If So How to Detox: Midlife Woman to Midlife Woman00:54:18

Wonder how to detox? Or if you even need to? I know my view on this has changed dramatically in the last decade. Once under the belief that our body’s detox naturally enough to do the job, I don’t think that’s the case any more. I think we often need a boost and depending on how clean your lifestyle more or less often.

By now you know toxins absorbed by our body because we eat them, breath them, wear them (including fragrances) or have them in our homes or cars… are stored in fat. That makes fat hard to lose. But there’s more to it. Those toxins still do damage and compromise your function. 

This episode is about how to detox. 

My Guest:  

In addition to being the host of the Top 100 Health Podcast, Accelerated Health TV & Radio Show which reaches over 600,000 listeners per month, Sara Banta is the owner and founder of the award-winning supplement company; Accelerated Health Products.

Her goal is to help her clients and listeners reach their optimal state of health through quality detox supplements, cutting-edge health technologies, and modalities.

Her journey was on a different path until she hit rock bottom.

After western medicine couldn’t give her the health answers she was looking for, she discovered natural solutions that actually worked.

As she was healing from Crohn’s disease, hormonal issues, PCOS, IBS, and heavy metal toxicity, she was hit with my 9-year-old son’s diagnosis of leukemia. It was at that moment she knew she had a bigger calling in life; to open people’s eyes to the world of natural healing.

Fast forward to today where she serves her clients and listeners with cutting-edge protocols that combine Scalar frequency-based supplements, DNA-based Dietary protocols, Chinese medicine, healing devices, and much more so that they can detox, reset and rebuild their Body, Mind, and Spirit.

She is a graduate of Stanford University with Degrees in Economics and Psychology, as well as a graduate of the Institute of Integrative Nutrition, and the Invincible Wellness System.

Questions We Answer in This Episode:

  • What are the causes of unexplained weight gain?
  • What are the hidden causes of Insulin Resistance
  • What are the signs of a sluggish liver and how can you repair any liver damage naturally?
  • How are common signs of menopause related to or hinting at a need for detox? 
  • How can Detox improve or resolve insulin resistance? 
  • How effective will a detox be if you may still be exposing yourself (unintentionally) to toxins?

Still have questions on how to detox? Connect with Sara.

Resources: 

Accelerated Health Leaky Gut Bundle: https://www.flippingfifty.com/cleanse

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

Perfection Detox for the Mindset of Midlife Success

https://www.flippingfifty.com/perfection-detox/

Higher Metabolism with Thermogenesis: What’s the Influence of Foods?

https://www.flippingfifty.com/higher-metabolism/

The Genetics of Metabolism and Weight Loss for Women Over 40

https://www.flippingfifty.com/genetics-of-metabolism/

21 Jun 2024Exercise Your Way to a Better Mood in Menopause00:25:24

The Role of Exercise in Menopausal Mood Management

Feeling the mood swings that come with menopause? Crazy for a better mood in menopause? You're not alone. This episode dives into how regular exercise can be a powerful tool for managing mood, reducing anxiety, and boosting overall well-being during the transitional phase to menopause. Get ready to feel empowered with every step, stretch, and lift.

Questions We Answer In This Episode:

    1. How does physical activity impact mood during menopause? [00:01:00]
    1. What types of exercise are most effective for mood management in menopausal women? [00:12:40]
    1. How does exercise reduce symptoms of anxiety and depression linked to menopause? [00:12:40]
    1. What are easy ways to incorporate more mood-boosting activities into daily life? [00:17:00]
    1. How long should you exercise to feel the mood-enhancing benefits? [00:17:20]
    1. Can exercise routines be adjusted based on menopausal symptoms? [00:16:20]
  1. Hormonal Fluctuations: Declining estrogen and progesterone levels affect neurotransmitters like serotonin and dopamine, which regulate mood and well-being, causing mood swings and anxiety.
  2. Sleep Disturbances: Menopause-related sleep issues, such as difficulty sleeping and poor sleep quality, worsen mood swings and anxiety due to disrupted sleep patterns.
  3. Psychosocial Factors: Life changes during menopause, including shifts in roles, relationships, and concerns about aging, contribute to stress and mood disturbances.
  4. Neurological Changes: Lower estrogen levels impact brain function, affecting emotional processing and stress response, making women more prone to mood swings and anxiety.
  5. Physical Health Changes: Symptoms like hot flashes, night sweats, and physical discomfort add to emotional distress and anxiety, further destabilizing mood.

The study "Impact of Physical Activity on Physical and Mental Health of Postmenopausal Women" by S Kalra, J Yadav, and P Ajmera reviews the benefits of physical activity and psychological health for postmenopausal women.

The physical benefits of exercise include improved cardiovascular health, increased bone density, and enhanced overall physical functioning. Psychologically, regular physical activity reduces symptoms of depression and anxiety, enhances mood stability, and mitigates mood swings and irritability often associated with menopause.

Different types of exercise programs, including aerobic exercises, strength training, and flexibility routines, all positively impact mental health outcomes for postmenopausal women. The study consolidates existing research, highlighting exercise as a comprehensive therapeutic tool for managing menopausal changes.

Other Episodes You Might Like:

Reference:

Impact of Physical Activity on Physical and Mental Health of Postmenopausal Women: A Systematic Review by S Kalra, J Yadav, and P Ajmera, published in the Journal of Clinical & Experimental Research in 2022. This systematic review analyzes the impact of physical activity on both the physical and psychological health of postmenopausal women, including mood and anxiety alterations due to different exercise programs.

05 Mar 2024The ABCs of Metabolic Mastery for Midlife Women00:32:32

In this episode we break down the levers for metabolic mastery for midlife women in such easy terms that it is my prediction you will want to listen again. My guest smoothly coaches us through unique messages with examples and specifics. No platitudes or lists in this episode.

This will stick. 

We talk about habit formation and why we fail at it. 

My Guest:

Ellie Kempton, founder of Simply Nourished, is at her very core a lifestyle architect empowering women to reclaim their wellness. As a Registered Dietitian with a master’s degree in Functional Nutrition from Bastyr University and a biochemistry degree from the University of Virginia, Ellie curates simplicity out of complex health information and provides care calibrated to support transformation. Ellie’s care is underpinned by functional medicine and catalyzed by behavior design.

Questions We Answer in This Episode:

  • What IS metabolic mastery and how do you approach it as a functionally trained dietitian?
  • What elements of metabolic mastery should we prioritize as women when we go through our various “software upgrades” [aging through the decades]?
  • What are the ABCs of sustaining metabolic mastery?
  • What is so powerful about failure along the way?
  • What is the #1 secret to aligned wellness through the life cycles?

Connect with Ellie:

Resources: 

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

How to Boost Your Metabolism in Midlife the Non-Dieting Way

https://www.flippingfifty.com/boost-your-metabolism-in-midlife/

Easy Healthy Habits Start Here: Effortless Kitchen Hacks

https://www.flippingfifty.com/healthy-habits/

6 Commonsense Steps for Health from Uncommon Motivation #501

https://www.flippingfifty.com/commonsense/

10 Sep 2024The Book Busting Menopause Myths That Women (and Their Doctors) Believe00:49:10

Busting Menopause Myths

Estrogen causes breast cancer, gaining weight and belly fat which are inevitable… Today we are busting menopause myths just like this.

In this episode, I interview a pair of authors offering refreshing insight to midlife and beyond women who are often sheltered from all the health options available to them and misinformed, or incompletely informed.

Stay tuned to the end, if fat burning is something you want to know more about … and I know.. Trick question right? Kristin and Maria present the concept of fat burning and becoming fat adapted in a way that makes it easy to understand why what you’ve been trying to do may not be working for you .. at all.

So join us in this episode for the menopause myth busting intel in this book and what’s inside which goes far beyond the valuable practical tips you’ll get from it, and why it’s about time you had this book.

Busting Menopause Myths from HRT to Supplements

My Guests:

Kristin Johnson, JD, BCHN FNTP is Board Certified in Holistic Nutrition through the National Association of Nutrition Professionals, is a Functional Nutritional Therapy Practitioner through the Nutritional Therapy Association, and is a “recovering corporate attorney.”

Maria Claps, FDN-P is a certified health coach through the Institute for Integrative Nutrition and is a Functional Diagnostic Nutrition Practitioner.

Together, Kristin and Maria have developed a deep specialty in perimenopause and menopause health through clinical mentorships with multiple medical doctors and naturopaths specializing in hormone replacement therapy.

They completed advanced training in functional testing modalities which they use in their clinical practice educating and helping midlife women. They created a professional training program for other midlife women’s health practitioners.

Questions We Answer in This Episode:

  • What prompted you to write the book? [00:03:51]
  • Let’s talk about the Priority … [00:04:26]
  • What did you mean by Menopause Gold Rush? [00:09:45]
  • You write about informed consent, what does that mean? [00:23:13]
  • What is oxidative priority in regards to burning fat in menopause? [00:35:15]

Was this episode on busting menopause myths helpful to you? If so, would you please share it with a friend or three?

Connect with Maria and Kristin:

https://www.amazon.com/Great-Menopause-Myth-Mastering-Uncomfortable/dp/0760388261/ref=rvi_d_sccl_1/139-8017262-8747407?content-id=amzn1.sym.f5690a4d-f2bb-45d9-9d1b-736fee412437&geniuslink=true&pd_rd_i=0760388261&pd_rd_r=fe302897-7298-465e-b45d-5c4166ffbbea&pd_rd_w=Nvra4&pd_rd_wg=NoZNj&pf_rd_p=f5690a4d-f2bb-45d9-9d1b-736fee412437&pf_rd_r=K2X5K9NCYC8WDAVX92PS&psc=1&tag=namespacebran417-20

https://wiseandwell.me/

On Social:

Other Episodes You Might Like:

Resources:

02 Feb 2024Do You Need a Detox and If So, How? 00:38:01

Whether it is the beginning of the year or a new season or you’re listening later to this episode, cleanses and detoxes are prevalent topics. Do you need a detox? I may have answered that very differently 10 years ago. This episode follows two recent episodes on detox and answers some of the questions from our community about what it is why it might be needed and it’s not what you think. 

 But once you know something you can’t go back. In the last two years, I’ve done 3 liver detoxes. I have a recent episode on biohacking, and admit I have disliked the word hacking forever. Yet, many of us are biohacking as we gain insight into the what and why of the body. We didn’t label it. 

We do elimination diets, we sauna, steam, sweat, and those all help us naturally detox. But does the body need a detox boost from time to time? And if so why? 

Why am I answering this question? Because when a woman asks, why am I gaining weight when I’m doing everything right? Or someone asks why they can’t lose weight… I’ve had to have an explanation for that. 

While the After 50 Fitness Formula and Flipping 50 methodologies taken from science can support an updated version of “healthy for you” that replaces healthy for all, there are stubborn cases. I’ve witnessed them for 40 years. And would say, I’ve had to solve my own mysteries along the way-  this last 5 years more than ever. Many fitness pros do and it’s what leads them to the Flipping 50 Menopause Fitness Specialist.

Questions We Answer in This Episode:

  • What is detox? Do you need a detox?
  • What could interfere with natural detox? 
  • How can we support our natural body detox processes?
  • What is a detox experience like? 
  • Is there a difference between a cleanse and a detox?

What is Detox?

A process of clearing toxins out of the body. The body does it well automatically. Except at a tipping point. 

Tipping points are one cause of cancer. Combine genetics, and don’t blame your parents – we all have potential cancerous cells within us but they don’t all express – with two other factors.. The saying goes, genetics may load the gun but  lifestyle habits pull the trigger. And the environment is the third.

So consider this, maybe genetically you’re more predisposed. Your environment is contaminated, because say you live in a location where air quality or water quality is loaded with heavy metals and weren’t aware of it. And let’s say in effort to do the right thing you clean within an inch of your life and always have. But if this was true before toxin-free products were even discussed and you’ve used all kinds of products promoted to kill germs, eliminate odors, sanitize your kitchen where you eat, the bathtub where you and your family bathe. This could be enough to reach a tipping point. When families endure cancer, they begin to learn this. 

Often before that, we ignore or figure that it’s just someone trying to sell us a product or service. We collectively ridicule something that we aren’t ready to accept. If it’s too far from beliefs we’ve always had, it feels threatening. That’s often the human reaction to something. Judgment. Skepticism. To anything that makes us uncomfortable with knowledge we thought we had, about habits we thought were good. When those  are challenged we first get defensive. Curiosity isn’t unfortunately our first response. 

But the heavy metals in your fillings, from tuna or other fish high in mercury, in drinking water; chemicals in cleaning products, hair and body products, things we’ve thought were good like fluoride in drinking water… and the BPA in plastics we all not only ate food or drank from but often also microwaved food in and stored it for days in the refrigerator. That’s just the tip of the iceberg.

Toxins make fat loss hard and are hormone disruptors.

What Could Interfere with Natural Detox? 

Your body can deal with toxins. But one way is removing them from your bloodstream and storing them in fat. That makes fat loss hard as the body is reluctant to release these stored toxins. 

One reason the process gets interrupted is the combined overload mentioned above and too few ways to eliminate toxins. If you’re not regularly sweating, during exercise, and also in sauna (preferably infrared sauna), or pooping daily at least once, supporting yourself by drinking purified water and including plenty of fiber in your diet, natural detoxification is limited. 

If you continue exposure to processed foods, sweeteners, polluted water or air, or have a mouthful of old amalgams, you’re making it harder to detox. 

Even eating what seem to be healthy foods, that aren’t for you, can contribute to this disrupted detoxification because your body isn’t processing them well. I didn’t understand the mechanism behind this and if you have a queasy stomach, you may want to turn this off. I’ve vomited directly onto my laptop  keyboard while drinking a really poor coffee choice. 

You may wonder why I talk about clean sources of matcha and coffee ? It matters. Even if you’re getting away with it, doesn’t mean there isn’t damage being done. If you have 95% of everything well, missing a step may not be a problem here and there. But when your body becomes loaded down, even with those of us that live health-consciously, your body will rebel somehow.  

I put together a list of things I did last year, and among them:

  • 182 gallons of drinking water 
  • 109 Epsom salt baths
  • 730 mugs of matcha
  • 500+ showers 

Considering that, first and foremost, what if my drinking water or tap water is contaminated? Fluoride, chlorine, or I was drinking out of plastics, soaking in water regularly? What if I wasn’t careful of my matcha and was drinking mold and heavy metal-laden green tea? I’m doing those things every single day. 

BTW: I choose PIQUE and you should too! If you’re a coffee drinker – I do recently more too – because I’m drinking a coffee designed to NOT have mold(common) and infused with minerals and electrolytes. Try it yourself here. I also had a water filter system installed for the entire house and for drinking water. 

It took three times for me to roast a pan of veggies, eat them and almost immediately, get nauseous and throw up to put the clues together. It was the food for sure, specifically sulfurous foods. That I ate often: broccoli, brussels sprouts, cabbage, cauliflower, onions and garlic. Just to name a few that I eat often in copious amounts. Now, sulfur can be good for the body, but if something else is off, it can trigger the issues like I’ve described. It’s not about eliminating those foods 100% all the time. It’s about fixing the root cause of the problem. 

Why Would You Need a Detox? 

Here’s what I find is the kicker; signs you may need a detox mimic many signs of menopause: 

  • Weight gain 
  • Inability to lose weight
  • Bloating, constipation, diarrhea 
  • Puffiness 
  • Lethargy and fatigue 
  • Insomnia 
  • Elevated Cholesterol 
  • Water retention
  • Headaches
  • Skin rashes, acne
  • Moodiness
  • Unstable blood sugar or insulin resistance 

So it’s not a coincidence. At a time when your hormones change, you tolerate things less well. Your body has the hormetic stress of the phase of life you’re in, and possibly can’t work as hard to process all the toxins from your past and present as well. 

How can we support our natural detox processes? 

How Your Exercise Supports Natural Detox –  Podcast Episode

First and foremost, start exercising regularly if you’re not already. Exercise moves everything so your circulation, respiration, digestion are all enhanced. You’ll sweat, expire and eliminate toxins better. The lymphatic system is a part of that and you’ll hear more about that in the podcast on natural detox with exercise. 

Natural detox occurs with the liver first every day. It filters everything. But if it’s on overload as from above it can’t do the job. There’s three ways to lighten the load. 

  • First, reduce exposure to toxins. 
  • Second, reduce the load on the body. 
  • Third, support the key ways toxins are eliminated: pee, poop, sweat.

If you wanted to do a natural 3 day detox you could: 

  • Upgrade all the products you use on a daily and weekly basis. Perfumes and fragrance in lotions and shampoos are toxic, so look everywhere. Eliminate foods you know are toxic for you – processed foods, those with preservatives/additives, use organic, alcohol and sugar. 
  • Eat lighter with soups and smoothies or cooked veggies to reduce digestive stress. Consider intermittent fasting for a longer period of time. Move but don’t do strenuous or long intense exercise during this time. Get lots of rest. 
  • Drink lots of pure filtered water, increase your fiber intake, move regularly, or sauna.

My detox experience? 

In order to support detox for something specific like mold exposure – I used glutathione and Charcoal. 

In order to do a liver cleanse I took supplements with scalar frequency and those that helped me intermittent fast with some boosted benefits for the body’s own rejuvenation. 

Inside the Flipping 50 membership, we regularly do a self-directed kickstart. This is just a very simple elimination of food sensitivities, awareness of other toxins in your environment, knowledge of how to support your own system and tracking progress start to end. But sometimes it takes more. I’ve done a liver cleanse with Sara Banta of Accelerated Health Products. 

I’ve done this three times now and it gets easier each time and I’ve learned so much. Look, I don’t like “cleaning myself out.” But this recent process was so easy compared to previous flushes. I’ll do it again sooner than I have before. She made the final stages so much easier. Perhaps I’m less distracted than I’ve been for a decade too. The entire process was just simpler and smoother. 

The exposure to amyloid proteins and spike protein that are real for all of us who regularly think of chicken and turkey, not to mention the post-pandemic status whether or not you chose to do a poke.  

For me, the final cleaning out was no less pleasant but it also was a huge eye opener about what’s going on in my body, why I have felt less than 100%. And for those of you that “do well.” In fact, if you do better than most, it’s all too easy to settle and tell yourself what others are telling you: you do so much, I don’t know how you do it… I know you!

But stop… if you don’t feel 100%, you’re not. End of story. Dig for why. 

 In show notes I’ll share how to get access to Sara’s next cleanse. She does them monthly, with a coaching group where she answers questions, a very complete pdf, as well as videos to explain what and exactly how to do the cleanse. If you choose to do it, I’ll support you in any way I can too. 

I’ll share the other ways I detox every day and week of the year with my coffee, tea, and sauna and inside our member’s area for our members, you’ll be able to search for detox options to DIY or with our other members. 

Resources: 

Ascent Liver Cleanse & Liver Flush: https://www.flippingfifty.com/cleanse

My Matcha: https://www.flippingfifty.com/piquetea 

My Coffee: https://www.flippingfifty.com/givedanger CODE: Flipping50

My Sauna: https://www.flippingfifty.com/sauna [I have a solo]

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

How Your Exercise Supports Natural Detox

https://www.flippingfifty.com/exercise-supports-natural-detox

To Detox and If So How to Detox: Midlife Woman to Midlife Woman https://www.flippingfifty.com/how-to-detox/

12 Mar 2024Weight Gain in Perimenopause and Menopause00:27:40

It’s no secret weight gain in perimenopause – or menopause transition and post menopause – is different. It doesn’t respond the way you would have predicted it should. It doesn’t come on at the same rate or in the same place as you think it should. 

My guest today is an  MD and yet she’s first a woman who also entered midlife and experienced much of the same you may have. She also defaulted to many of the same tactics a woman with a heartbeat would. So this episode is just a simply basic discussion about what happens, and why and what to do about it and why your default effort may fall short.

My Guest:

Heather Awad, MD is a Family Medicine and the founder and CEO of Vibrant Weight Loss Age 50+ where she helps professional women over age 50 lose weight for the last time through a virtual platform. She offers a simple system that saves them time and helps them achieve their health and weight loss goals. They discover how to say no to foods they don’t want without using willpower, and create an eating protocol that they will enjoy going forward so that their weight loss is permanent. Dr. Awad is also the host of the Vibrant-MD podcast where she talks about weight loss, women’s health, and food.

Questions We Answer in This Episode:

  • Why do women so often gain weight with perimenopause and menopause?
  • Are there hormonal factors?
  • Are there cultural factors in play here too?
  • What’s dangerous about menopause belly fat?
  • Many women describe that the methods they used in the past don’t work anymore. Why is that?
  • What about eat less and move more? 
  • How do you find people most easily lose weight at midlife?
  • Many women feel stuck with their weight gain starting at midlife. What would you tell them?
  • Many people are so hard on themselves about their weight–is this a good motivator?
  • What else gets in the way of people losing weight at midlife?

Connect with Heather:

Resources: 

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

02 Jan 2024Is CBD the Answer? How Women Use CBD to Manage Menopause 00:43:37

Curious about when or how women use CBD to their best advantage? I’ve been using CBD off and on for about 6 years. I originally began after being gifted some products that then loved so much I shared with my mom for her lower back. I’ve used rubs and lotions for recovering from training rides and runs during triathlon training. 

But I think there are now several indications as well as formats for using CBD that may make your head spin if you’re new to it. So this episode is designed to help clarify as well as to know what’s the difference between all the products you see available just everywhere now? What’s quality vs not really supportive at all? 

But… there is SO MUCH more in this episode. Get to know your hormones better in the next 40 minutes. I promise. 

My Guest:  

Dr. Eric Dorninger ND, LAc is a Registered Naturopathic Doctor and Licensed Acupuncturist. He graduated from Bastyr University (www.bastyr.edu), the leading accredited university for science-based natural medicine. Prior to medical school, he received his B.A. in Kinesiology from the University of Colorado, Boulder in 1997. During this time he also finished his E.M.T. (Emergency Medical Technician) training and volunteering at Porter Care Hospice in Denver. This dual exposure of medical perspectives laid down the roots for Dr. Dorninger’s integrated approach to diagnosis, treatment, and healing. In addition to private practice, Dr. Dorninger teaches functional medicine for Apex Energetics.

Questions We Answer in This Episode:

  • You have a very unique background, as a kinesiologist and the EMT and hospice time. How did that combination give you a unique perspective in understanding needs of and treating patients? 
  • How long has CBD been used as a wellness tool? 
  • There are a lot of products out there. How does a listener distinguish between quality and marketing? 
  • How does CBD work in the body? What is the science?
  • How do you most often use it yourself or with patients?
  • How do you specifically see CBD as a supplement that works for adults age 50+?
  • Where have you seen CBD as most beneficial for your patients?
  • Tell us more about CBD and sleep.

Connect with Dr. Eric:

On Social:

Website: https://www.bluesky-cbd.com

On Social:

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/drericdorninger/

Podcast: the vitality hour https://www.youtube.com/@thevitalityhour1371

Resources: 

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

Women’s Health Mismanagement: When You Can’t Fire Yourself

https://www.flippingfifty.com/manage-health/

Is a Chiropractor in Your Midlife Health Arsenal?

https://www.flippingfifty.com/chiropractor-in-your-midlife-health-arsenal/

Bone Health, Osteoporosis, Osteopenia Tips You’ve Never Heard

https://www.flippingfifty.com/bone-coach/

09 Feb 2024Fat Burning Exercise Boost or Not? The Downside of Coffee 00:23:33

The downside of coffee for many is the gut devastation. For others, if we’re talking caffeinated, not decaf, it’s the jitters.

Some women rely on it for pooping. (That’s not good by the way. We may want to restore your factory settings, because you never needed this as a child, right?) 

Your DNA may determine how well you metabolize caffeine but so can presence of other stressors, whether you have eaten or not, and medications. 

Caffeine may temporarily raise metabolism, boost workout intensity and fat burning. But for those of us most likely to send up a cheer, it may not be us. The caffeine kick is only really supportive for those that don’t regularly consume large quantities of caffeine (>300mg/day). 

When I was in high school, I rarely drank soda. I just didn’t. I wasn’t “not drink pop.” It just wasn’t a staple at my house unless someone had the stomach flu. I’m not sure at this point how effective 7-Up was but that’s when we most often drank pop. Or with a popcorn at the movies. 

So when I first went out with a guy I’d been serious about for 5 years and we hung out with others at a pizza joint, and I had a Diet Pepsi without a second thought, I was up all night. The 9pm soda was not a wise move. When I told the guy, he was like, “I was hoping that was because of me.” 

Maybe I should have played my cards differently, because although the guy was great, that sleepless night was most definitely the caffeine. 

The next year at college I was introduced to soda regularly for the stay-up-all-night and don’t drink your calories benefit. The summer after that I was introduced to coffee by my brother and sister-in-law and diet cokes in the afternoon. I thought I’d discovered the secret to thin Southern women: they weren’t fit, they were dehydrated since they seemed to drink Diet Coke like it was water. 

Throughout college and grad school, getting up to teach 6am classes or getting energy up again to teach 4:30 classes, I relied on Diet Coke way too much. To study before my 6am start and to teach another class at 4:30 or 5:30pm, I was relying on it. 

It’s about then that the caffeine stopped helping me. I didn’t just reach for a can before a class. I reached for two. 

You might guess what happened next. My gut was a hot mess. And though I didn’t know at the time, artificial sweeteners in diet sodas are 400x as sweet as sugar and still can trigger blood sugar spikes. 

I was unintentionally a hypocrite teaching health and fitness and living kind of a junk food life with 24-packs of soda a part of my weekly grocery list. 

My Coffee Drinking Start

Then, when it wasn’t my Diet Coke, it was coffee I was introduced to during my first summer of college. That substitute was unfortunately a concoction of chemicals, bad oils and artificial sweeteners or sugar or both. But from that point on I don’t think I’ve had many mornings in my life without caffeine. 

Fast forward decades. I began offering DNA testing for clients who really wanted to deep dive into their genetic predisposition for disease, identify how they can exercise and eat most optimally and have the optimal expression of their genetics by changing daily habits. 

I never share something I haven’t used first. So, in addition to information like I do better to include a higher percent of endurance training than others, I do well with a slightly higher carb count, and I’m predisposed for obesity, I also learned I metabolize caffeine quickly. 

A coffee-drinking girl likes that! But, it doesn’t mean it doesn’t or can’t spike a mid-life woman’s blood sugar or wreak havoc with her gut.  

If you regularly have more than 300 mg caffeine a day more isn’t going to give you an ergogenic aid nor will what you’re having already. Your body has adapted. Is it better to have that prior to exercise? Possibly, so you can metabolize it. For some though it makes you jittery or negatively impact your blood sugar during exercise. 

If you tolerate caffeine, don’t have much regularly or have it infrequently within 30 minutes of exercise, it can boost fat burning. It enhances fatty acid release. 

But… this is the downside of coffee

58% of coffee contains mycotoxins. These nasty compounds grow from mold on beans in various stages of production. 

Mycotoxins can lead to, among other things, common symptoms of menopause (so be hard to sort):

  • Brain fog
  • Food sensitivities 
  • Gut issues not previously there
  • Unexplained weight gain
  • Mood disorders 

So, it’s one reason I made the switch to Danger Coffee. 

This is another. Minerals.

When a habit you already have can get an upgrade and first, no longer give you gut issues and make you feel guilty about it, and also ADDS minerals to your body, then its double good. 

Most of us –  70% – are deficient in minerals – actually 70-80% deficient in some. Important things in small amounts make the body run well. Dave Asprey has taken the opportunity to make a habit we already enjoy and load it with minerals good for us (while also removing risk of mold – bad for us). 

Is Coffee Good or Bad For You?

So when the age-old question, is coffee good or bad for you comes up, the answer is, it depends. What kind are you drinking? 

Consider this. If you’re using coffee as an ergogenic aid, or one to help you get through a few more hours of fasting, you’re doing both for health right? You want better exercise results. You want longevity benefits of fasting. So why would you add a coffee that may have mold or isn’t tested and openly talking about these issues? 

So many things we do daily – like exercise, stress, over-the-counter medications, Rx, conditions or conditions/disease – deplete our minerals. Soil is depleted and so then the plants and animals that feed off plants are lower in mineral content. So even with a healthy diet, we likely can’t consume all the minerals we need in food alone. Making the most of what you do consume is important. 

Two of the compounds in Danger Coffee actually benefit the gut. This has been a game changer for me. If you’ve listened for a while you know most mornings for 3 years now, I’ve started with matcha. Like almost entirely kicked coffee to the curb. Til now. The reason was twofold: gut health and cortisol. My gut feels good on Danger. I still am a matcha fan and yet, I’ll decide what to drink now based on how I feel and what I’m doing in the morning. I’ve got options. 

The Last Downside of Coffee

If you’ve got adrenal fatigue and you’re relying on it, giving it up can be one of the ways to accelerate healing. Your cortisol levels rise, so too does blood sugar. Now, we’re all doing that to some extent. You may be in a position to tolerate it. 

Cortisol is used as energy for exercise. Thus, if you’re using it strategically, and not abusing it, this can work. 

If you’re coasting til noon on coffee (through a period of time I find most women in our community do well to break a fast and get a high dose of protein in)… 

You could also be inhibiting your thyroid, the master metabolism gland. 

Some women can absolutely tolerate it. During phases of your life you potentially could. What we each have to assess is whether it’s working right now or now. 

One thing is for sure, if you drink it, do so consciously deciding on the type and timing. 

Resources: 

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

Is My Coffee Habit Making Me Fat? | Women in Menopause https://www.flippingfifty.com/coffee-habit/

What Is BioHacking? | Women’s Health https://www.flippingfifty.com/what-is-biohacking/

26 Jul 20245 Ways to Improve Your Mitochondria00:36:00

Improve Your Mitochondria

To improve your mitochondria requires you focus a little more than on just “exercise” or “anything is better than nothing.”

First, though, let's talk about why you want to. Now, if you want a deeper conversation, I’ve got a couple resources for you. There are prior Flipping 50 episodes I’ll link to and if you love to geek out and would love 2 hour long explanations you may want to listen to Peter Attia podcasts on the topic or Rhonda Patrick episodes. They both host longer shows that for the most part many of you express you don’t have time (or patience) for but that are very deep dive.

Counter to some of the “bros” in science, I also don’t agree with Zone 2 training being the best thing for women to improve mitochondria and VO2 max, at least without understanding it.

Practices for Optimal Mitochondrial Performance:

  • Regular physical activity

    Base building, strength training, HIIT

  • Intermittent fasting or two meals a day

    Times without eating

  • Reduce stress

    Overall, stress has a negative impact on mitochondria production because it’s not an “essential” to keep you alive

  • Prioritize sleep

    Sleep is regenerating at it’s best

  • Nutritional supplementation

Secret Weapons to Improve Your Mitochondria

  • Mitopure / Urolithin A - Results seen in about 2 months of supplementation 500 mg a day
  • NAD or CoQ10 - support energy production again, But ignores the need to to clear out poor mitochondria for the inactive (take out the trash) – which is what Urolithin A does. Improves the quality and the quantity of mitochondria. Greater resistance to fatigue, then you walk and move more spontaneously during the day, total energy expenditure increases and blood sugar improves… It's a positive domino effect.
  • C60 - longevity agent, educes inflammation from oxidation and free radical damage, degeneration of cartilage, boosts immunity, hair growth, libido, hormones function better

Other Episodes You Might Like:

Are Your Mitochondria Aging Too Fast? | Slow Down to Energy Up: https://www.flippingfifty.com/aging-too-fast/

The Importance of Mitochondria | Energy, Heath, and Longevity

https://www.flippingfifty.com/mitochondria/

The Most Unsuspecting Motivation Source | C60 30-Day Follow Up:

https://www.flippingfifty.com/motivation-source/

Resources:

Energy Bits: https://www.flippingfifty.com/energybits

C60: https://www.flippingfifty.com/c60

Mitopure: https://www.flippingfifty.com/mitopure

20 Aug 2024How To Defy Aging Naturally without Needles or Knives00:42:43

Do you want to defy aging naturally and not with botox or fillers? This is a no-judgment zone. I am guessing that if you have opted for Botox or filler, you think twice about it. Wondering about somewhere more fun to spend that $500 with no toxic effect or superficial fake and dead-giveaway that a frozen face is?

This is your episode if you love health, wellness and you want to look and feel your most beautiful.

My Guest:

Trina Felber is a Clean Beauty Expert and the Founder of Primal Life Organics, where she creates natural dental and skincare products. She empowers women to achieve youthful, radiant skin without Botox, fillers, or surgery. Through her Bold Beauty Course, she educates women on how to defy age naturally. Trina is also a best-selling author of "Beauty’s Dirty Secret" and a prominent advocate in the clean beauty movement, promoting health and wellness from the inside out.

Questions We Answer in This Episode:

  • Why is beauty so important? [00:05:20]
  • Why are signs of skin aging so hard to prevent? [00:14:50]
  • What are the primary goals of women in maintaining youthful skin? [00:05:50]
  • At what age does the skin naturally start to decline? [00:30:20]
  • What’s the main problem with the skincare on the market? [00:24:00]
  • What is the allure of botox, fillers and surgery when it comes to beauty? Are there risks? How much do they cost? [00:10:00]
  • How do these procedures work and are there any ramifications to our health and long-term beauty? [00:14:00]
  • What are the 5 root causes of aging skin? [00:14:30]
  • Are there any long-term natural treatments? [00:11:30]

Connect with Trina and attend her webinar:

Start the Course:

Code: Flipping50

On Social:

Other Episodes You Might Like:

  • Are Your Mitochondria Aging Too Fast? | Slow Down to Energy Up:

https://www.flippingfifty.com/aging-too-fast/

  • Glowing Skin After 50: How to Get It and Keep It:

https://www.flippingfifty.com/glowing-skin/

  • The Most Unsuspecting Motivation Source | C60 30-Day Follow Up:

https://www.flippingfifty.com/motivation-source/

Resources:

31 Oct 2023PostMenopause Bones: How Much Bone are You Losing? 00:32:40

Postmenopause bones are at greater risk of fracture, continued bone loss and in need of specific exercise to target and protect. Whether you’re fragile, high risk or you’re one of millions of women diagnosed with either osteoporosis or osteopenia wanting to reverse it, if you’re postmenopause, this is particularly for you. It’s a quick episode targeting specifically women post menopause to compliment this month-long heavy emphasis on bone health. 

From the research:

Average bone loss is 1.5% per year for the spine and 1.1% – 1.4% for the femoral neck in the first 4-5 years post menopause. Losses slow slightly after this and then increase again in later decades.

Scared? Not the intention. But woken up? It’s time to be fully so. 

Look, it would have been much better had you jumped rope and done gymnastics as a kid. Better still if you started serious strength training and stopped starving yourself in your 20s. Even better if during pregnancies you ate more knowing the baby was first priority and your bones were getting drained if you were trying to avoid too much weight gain. And if in your perimenopause stages you didn’t lift heavy weight and consume high quality protein, then now… now is the time to get serious. 

Post Menopause Bones: The 411 

With none of these should you start at this ideal. Each of them requires a start that’s appropriate, and a progression that’s slow and appropriate over months. Your ligaments and connective tissue, your neural or brain connection to muscle is a piece that cannot be rushed

Strength Train major muscle 8-12 reps 3-4 sets, 2-3x a week

Add Power: lift quickly, lower under control

Weight bearing impact activity  

3-5 sets of 10-20 jumps 4-7 days per week  

[https://youtu.be/Q4cDTMHWP6Y

In this list of movements (those demonstrated briefly in the video), the numbers that follow represent the ground forces of the moves. If you can do the Vertical squat jump, your bone benefit is nearly 3x that of dancing (which is probably only slightly greater than walking). With impact comes a slightly greater risk and reasons may exist why this isn’t a good choice for you. Those include but aren’t limited to arthritis, joint replacement, low cartilage (in need of a replacement), degeneration in spine. 

Dance Step  2.7

Step Up(30cm) 2.7

Lateral Step up 3.1 

Hopping  3.4

Jump squat  3.8

Side to side jumps 3.9 

Star jump 4.3

Foot stomp 4.6

Vertical jump 4.7 

Side to side over rope 5.1 

Depth jump 5.2

Drop jump 5.5 

Forward/backward Squat Jump 6.3 

Vertical Squat Jump 7.1

Yoga 12 minutes a day 

Exercise extensor muscles of spine are among the greatest benefactors of yoga, supporting the prevention of fractures. 

HIIT

High Intensity Exercise activates fast twitch muscle fibers which help build bone, as well as improve reaction skills and decrease risk of falls

Exercise Effects on Bone Vary:

+ resistance exercise on femoral neck

exercise without resistance on femoral neck 

resistance-only exercise 

functional exercises on femoral neck or lumbar spine

balance exercises 

bone loading exercise alone

A review of literature that included many studies show mixed results for exercise effects on bone. It’s the wild west. Just checking the “weight training” box may not support significant change in bone. 

For Programs Targeting Postmenopause bones, know your goals and ASK: 

Stop or slow losses 

Gain bone density 

Overall, higher levels of physical activity were associated with better bone health. [When it combining targeted recommendations below]

Need to Know:

Weight bearing balance and functional exercises must also include resistance component to be effective for bone. (Either, weighted vest, or (most optimal) resistance training as a component of weekly routine).

Walking speeds lower than 3.5 prove ineffective for bone benefit

BULLSEYE for BONE: (shared in a recent podcast episode) 

Weight bearing impact activity (stepping, jumping, weighted vest) 

3-5 sets of 10-20 jumps 4-7 days per week (see prior post)

Strength Train major muscle groups 8-12 reps 3-4 sets, 2-3x a week (equal change)

Add Power: lift quickly, lower under control

Volume matters: a sound 3 or 4 sets of compound or “core” moves BESTs 8-10 exercises done 2x. (those big circuits are not what your bone needs) 

Exercise extensor muscles of spine for posture (& fracture prevention) 

What was NOT effective in postmenopause bones improvement? 

Resistance training at less than 80% (8-10 reps)**

Functional training alone 

Balance weight bearing alone 

Walking or running alone

Even resistance alone is not as significant as in combination with multiple exercises including resistance. 

What IS functional exercise for bones? 

Related directly to improving your bones. It’s not necessarily a trainer’s “functional fitness” class. 

** you have to start with less than 80% however. Start with 60-70% or 15-20 reps. Progress over months. Know good form. 

References:: 

https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC6429007/

https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/30503353/

https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/30503353/

https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/33239014/

https://asbmr.onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/jbmr.3284

https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC4851231/

Pinheiro, M.B., Oliveira, J., Bauman, A. et al. Evidence on physical activity and osteoporosis prevention for people aged 65+ years: a systematic review to inform the WHO guidelines on physical activity and sedentary behaviour. Int J Behav Nutr Phys Act17, 150 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1186/s12966-020-01040-4

Other Episodes You Might Like:

Whole Body Vibration: http://flipping50.com/whole-body-vibration/

Exercise for Bone Density Then and Now: https://www.flippingfifty.com/exercise-for-bone-density/

21 Reasons Weight Training Should Be Mandatory Exercise After 50: https://www.flippingfifty.com/weight-training-should-be-mandatory/

Resources: 

Use Code: Flipping50 for 20% off your own Power Plate Move

17 May 202420 Menopause Fitness Changes You’ll Be Glad You Made00:45:52

This is all about menopause fitness changes that you want to make, 20 of them in fact. Before any of these are truly beneficial, I’ll share this: if you’re not measuring you have no idea what is really happening. Measure and track your percent body fat and your skeletal muscle (in lbs or kgs). Other things you may want to do, take your measurements, track the waist or get nitty gritty with visceral belly fat stat from your Smart Scale.

If you’ve always said, I don’t weigh, I just pay attention to how my clothes fit, it’s time to change that thinking. By the time you may realize you lost a significant amount of muscle it could be too late.. and harder to get it back. Let’s not lose anything you have now, and work to build strong futures.

Here's 20 Menopause Fitness Changes to Try

1.        Intense exercise Early

2.        Exercise late? Make it light.

3.        Increase recovery between challenging sessions.

4.        If insomnia strikes, leave agility work for another day

5.        Warm up and cool down like a boss to prevent injury

6.        Bookend workouts with fuel

7.        Quality movement wins over frenzied

8.        Basics work better than variety for variety’s sake

9.        Fuel before any intense exercise

10.  Listen to your body better than you have ever before

Perimenopause

11.  Restore before more: Exhausted can’t get fit

12.  Focus on muscle building

13.  HIIT may hurt or help: assess for yourself

14.  Activities that create positive neurotransmitters

15.  Don’t underestimate walking and strength training

Postmenopause

16.  Energy is more stable: Push a little harder

17.  Continue to prioritize strength

18.  Frequency of HIIT can often increase from 2 to 4 times a week (45 minutes is still a threshold where injury rates seem to go up)

19.  Mobility most days

20.  Add Power regularly.

Resources:

Hot Not Bothered Challenge: https://www.flippingfifty.com/hnb-challenge

FREE What, When & Why to Exercise for Women 40+ summit: https://www.flippingfifty.com/wwwexercise

TEDx Talk:

https://youtu.be/k5IzLZ1mP94?si=kCE2oE5LA8i7NGEA

Other Episodes You Might Like:

5 Menopause Fitness Questions You Want Answered: https://www.flippingfifty.com/5-menopause-fitness-questions/ 3 Menopause Fitness Makeovers | Hormone Balancing Exercise: https://www.flippingfifty.com/menopause-fitness-makeovers/ Do Menopause Fitness Rules Apply to Post Menopause Fitness, too? 495: https://www.flippingfifty.com/menopause-fitness-rules/

23 Aug 2024Research About Menopause: What's Real and What’s Marketing?00:41:29

Research about menopause right now is finally beginning to really get its moment. Or is it? What’s something you can trust? And what’s stated as “science-based” or “science-backed”?

What can you trust and what should you question?

Think of this as a crash course in Research 101. In fact, I think that was a required course my first semester in grad school. The content is as important or more today when you have influencers talking about studies, in fact sponsoring their own to back up their products. You see both experts and influencers on line and are left to sort out one from the other yourself.

Questions We Answer in this Episode:

  • How to know if a source is credible? [00:36:00]
  • What determines a peer-reviewed journal? [00:18:50]
  • Are all studies on PubMed or Science Direct peer-reviewed? [00:36:00]
  • Are all studies from Google Scholar (AI) peer-reviewed? [00:37:00]
  • What makes some research studies better than others? [00:04:50]

In short this will be a bit like a vocabulary lesson so you can filter news regarding research about menopause for yourself.

The  spoiler alert is this: the gold standard in health research are those that are interventional, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled studies.

In the planning stages and then results and discussion these things will be considered and determined:

  • Reliability is at least 3 independent experiments giving the same results.
  • Relevant to you with subjects just like you.
  • Recency is often within the last 10 years with exception
  • Validity is about how well findings apply to those not in the study. (discussion is about communicating things that may interfere with it being applicable to a diagnosis or a protocol or treatment)
  • Confidence level aiming at 95% confidence level requires a result across a large number of subjects to show it
  • Sample size A good maximum sample size is often around 10% of the population, as long as it doesn't exceed 1,000 people. At least 100 subjects. Larger than 30, less than 500. The answers vary considerably.

What you should expect:

  • Written for professionals
  • Authors names and a contact included
  • Bibliography included
  • Peer-reviewed journal

How do you know if it’s a peer-reviewed journal?

Go to the journal (not the article to find out). The journal website includes information for authors about the publication process. A board of experts review and evaluate before acceptance for publication in peer-reviewed journals.

Two Additional Terms to Know Regarding Research About Menopause

Qualitative - descriptive is more loosely gathered data that might be polls or surveys and interpreting the responses without giving a percentage. This might also come from a review of literature which isn’t actually conducting a study but is reviewing a pool of studies to seek common denominators about the research methods and results.

Quantitative - based on numbers and is going to result in for instance a percent of muscle lost on average each decade, or over 80% of women describe libido issues.

Mixed -  including both

There are many types of studies starting with observational and interventional.

Observational studies look at what effects habits, beliefs or events affect certain outcomes.

For instance, a study that reported an association between increased meat eating and cancer. However, the study was conducted based on a survey where participation was compensated. Participants in such studies may be motivated by the ease of collecting $20 for reporting their habits but might be consuming hot dogs and bologna and Spam, unlike you who are choosing other options that are organic, grass-fed and finished wild options.

The headlines? Satisfy a great need by the media to get views, clicks and engagement.

Interventional studies, just as it sounds, provide some kind of imposed change to subjects. For instance, providing an example on research about menopause, a study published in Obesity on post menopausal women in a weight loss program divided groups into long sleepers vs short sleepers. They compared results from the change in sleep while other conditions (eating and exercise) were controlled.

Though this may not fall directly under current research about menopause, a recently published study in JAMA in July 2024 found older adults (av age 71) who lifted heavy weights for 1 year retained their strength for 4 years while those doing moderate weight training did not. This was a randomized longitudinal study.

Types of Research About Menopause

Longitudinal vs Cross sectional

Looking at the same co-hort over time checking in periodically to see what results occur vs look at different segments of the population one time.

In research about menopause, perhaps none is more well-known than The Nurses Health Study. It is a longitudinal observational study looking at the effects of certain habits over time.

Some of Dr Loren Fishman’s studies on 12 yoga poses have been longitudinal studies showing increase in bone density over time. Some also were retrospective looking back at what happened in women who had done yoga more than every other day. New studies that would take specific poses and see which of those were most beneficial would be prospective, or  going forward in time.

Active treatment vs placebo studies are where all receive the treatment vs some subjects receive the actual drug or treatment and others receive a placebo sugar pill. Sometimes this is an exercise intervention. Where the actual protocol tested is resistance training exercise and the placebo also does resistance training but without protocol

Control group means that a subset group does not have the treatment or follow protocol. For instance in Fishman’s studies an experimental group would have done the yoga poses and a control group was also post menopausal but did not do the yoga poses.

Open vs Blind/Double Blind: everyone knows who is in which group (experimental, placebo or control) vs subjects or researchers don’t know vs neither researchers nor subjects know which is which.

Randomized control vs case control

References:

Other Episodes You Might Like:

Resources:

20 Feb 2024Sexual Wellness AMA with Women's Sexual Health Expert Lyndsey Harper00:34:34

In midlife sex is not over! Sexual health expert, Dr Lyndsey Harper joins me in this episode. The questions that are top of mind even if not tip of tongue are what we’re tackling today. 

Here’s how I know. In opening applications for the Flipping 50 TV shows the questions about libido were so prevalent that I gave in and episode 3 was about how to modify exercise to help, or at the least not sabotage your libido. 

We have a little library of episodes for you if sexual health questions are top of mind for you too and we’ll link to those in the show notes. 

My Guest:  

Dr. Lyndsey Harper is a Board Certified Ob/Gyn, Associate Professor of Ob/Gyn for Texas A&M COM, a Fellow of The American Congress of Obstetricians and Gynecologists, and a Fellow of the International Society for the Study of Women’s Sexual Health. Dr. Harper is the founder and CEO of Rosy, a women’s health technology company that connects women who have sexual health concerns with hope, community, and research-backed solutions. She has been named Forbes Top 53 Women Disrupting Healthcare, People Newspapers’ 20 Under 40, a Top Innovator in North Texas for 2020 and a DBJ Top Woman in Tech.

Questions We Answer in This Episode:

  • If you lose your libido during menopause is it gone for good? Even with HRT?
  • What treatments are there for vaginal atrophy post menopause?
  • Meno has kinda made the Big O a small o. How can I fix that? The Big O was always toe-curling and several minutes of luscious spasms and an hour of ooey gooey oxytocin, but now not so much.
  • Is there a natural alternative to Estradiol vaginal cream used to help prevent UTI’s?
  • Can regular use of antihistamine (h1, Claritin &h2, Pepcid) affect libido & cause fatigue? Taking for MCAS currently.
  • What can I do for painful intercourse? Tried KY jelly and the like but the pain is excruciating.
  • How to prevent UTI’s (beyond the basics)? I have started using D-Manose, a women’s probiotic which seems to help but wondering if there are any other suggestions.
  • Any recommendations for keeping things fulfilling if spouse has ED?
  • Can estradiol vaginal cream or estrogen HRT cause bleeding for those with fibroids and a thin endometrial membrane? 
  • Libido. Even though I’m on HRT it’s virtually non-existent. Difficult when your partner’s libido stays healthy. What can I do about this?
  • What are the best exercises for tightening up the pelvic floor muscles please? The info out there can seem confusing as to which exercises actually work the best. Do the toning balls that are inserted? What is more effective than basic kegels?

Resources: 

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

What you really want to know about “urinary leakage” (Part I) https://www.flippingfifty.com/what-you-really-want-to-know-about-urinary-leakage-part-i/

What you really want to know about “urinary leakage” Part II

https://www.flippingfifty.com/urinary-incontinence-leakage/

Sex Dysfunction in the City Just Like That https://www.flippingfifty.com/sex-dysfunction/

27 Jun 2024Can I Still Start Hormones 10 Years After Menopause? Doctors Respond00:24:17

Can I Still Start Hormones 10 Years After Menopause? Doctors Respond

The question from our community is, can I still start hormones 10 years after menopause or after 65?

Felice Gersh

Felice Gersh, M.D. is a multi-award winning physician with dual board certifications in OB-GYN and Integrative Medicine. She is the founder and director of the Integrative Medical Group of Irvine, a practice that provides comprehensive health care for women by combining the best evidence-based therapies from conventional, naturopathic, and holistic medicine. For 12 years, she taught obstetrics and gynecology at Keck USC School of Medicine as an Assistant Clinical Professor, and she now serves as an Affiliate Faculty Member at the Fellowship in Integrative Medicine through the University of Arizona School of Medicine. Felice is a prolific writer and lecturer who speaks globally on women’s health and regularly publishes in peer-reviewed medical journals. She is the bestselling author of the PCOS SOS series and her latest book, Menopause: 50 Things You Need to Know.

 

Anna Cabeca

Anna Cabeca, DO, OBGYN, FACOG, is best selling author of The Hormone Fix and Keto-Green 16 and MenuPause. Dr. Anna is triple-board certified and a fellow of gynecology and obstetrics, integrative medicine, and anti-aging and regenerative medicine. She holds special certifications in functional medicine, sexual health, and bioidentical hormone replacement therapy. She lectures frequently on these topics throughout the world to large audiences and is known nationally as The Girlfriend Doctor and is host of The Girlfriend Doctor show. She has personally developed natural products to help women balance hormones and thrive through menopause including the highly acclaimed Julva® cream for the vulva and MightyMaca® Plus, a powerful superfood blend. She now lives in Dallas with her daughters, horses and dogs.

 

Shawn Tassone MD, Ph.D.

Shawn Tassone MD, Ph.D., known as Americas Holistic Gynecologist, is the first physician in the United States to be double board certified in Obstetrics and Gynecology and by the American Board of Integrative Medicine. He holds a medical degree in addition to a Ph.D. in mind-body medicine. He’s a practicing OBGYN in the Austin, Tx, hormone specialist, author, speaker, highly rated patient advocate, and creator of the world’s first integrative hormonal mapping system. In his 20+ years of practice, Dr. Tassone has seen over 40,000 women and he is determined to remove the myths surrounding women's health. As an integrative health practitioner, he believes that you should have an active role in your care. His work includes studies and publications on hormonal imbalances, spirituality in medical care, whole foods to heal the human body, and integrative medicine. Dr. Tassone is featured in many publications including The New York Times, NBCNews Online, Stanford MedX, and his book, The Hormone Balance Bible, published by HarperCollins, is now available for purchase.

 

Donna White

Donna White is a seasoned expert in bio-identical hormone replacement therapy with over 30 years of experience. As the founder of the BHRT Training Academy, author of "The Hormone Makeover," and a pioneer in establishing BHRT programs, she has played a pivotal role in advancing hormone health.

Donna's unique approach lies in her ability to translate complex medical information into digestible content, making her a sought-after speaker, educator, and consultant. Her training academy has revolutionized the way medical practitioners approach hormone therapy, leading to significant improvements in patient care and practice growth.

 

Michelle Sands

Dr. Michelle Sands is a #1 International Best-Selling Author and a licensed Naturopathic Physician (ND) with a specialization in women’s hormone health. As a highly sought-after expert in Female Hormones and Antiaging, she is dedicated to helping women achieve limitless health at any age. Dr. Michelle co-founded GLOW Natural Wellness, where she focuses on providing solutions for women struggling with chronic conditions and hormone-related issues.

 

Deb Matthew

Dr Deb Matthew MD, America's Happy Hormones Doctor, is a best-selling author, international speaker, educator, wife and mom of four boys. After suffering for years with fatigue and irritability due to hormone imbalances, her quest to resolve her personal health led her to change everything about her practice of medicine. She has been featured on national podcasts, radio, and broadcast shows, including NBC, ABC, CBS, and FOX.

 

Sharon Stills

Dr. Sharon Stills is a Naturopathic Medical Doctor providing comprehensive health care, therapeutic and diagnostic services to patients worldwide. She combines her conventional medical training, data-driven science, cutting-edge diagnostic tools and a deep knowledge of natural healing to effectively identify and treat health concerns ranging from allergies to end stage cancer, and everything in between.

 

Summary of Can I Still Start Hormones 10 Years After Menopause?

  1. No it’s not too late
  2. The dose and type you take matters more
  3. There could be greater risk factors you consider
  4. Your lifestyle habits are always still going to be the bottom line on results you get

Resources:

What, When & Why to Exercise for Women 40+ summit recordings: https://www.flippingfifty.com/wwwexercise

STRONGER: https://www.flippingfifty.com/getstronger

Flipping 50 Membership: https://www.flippingfifty.com/cafe

Other Episodes You Might Like:

Previous episodes with Sharon stills, Felice gersh, Shawn Tassone MD, Ph.D., David Rosensweet,

Which Hormones Matter Most in Meno(pause): https://www.flippingfifty.com/which-hormones/

How to Harness the Power of Women’s Hormones: https://www.flippingfifty.com/womens-hormones-network/

20 Oct 2023Power Plate Benefits | Prior Skeptic to a Believer00:23:40

Surely by now you’ve heard of Power Plate. I discussed in a recent episode about whole body vibration and well, Power Plate basically has cornered the market on research, design, and utility. Want to know some sneaky good Power Plate benefits? Stay tuned!

We’re all looking for a short cut. There are a few. In fact, maybe for women over 50 there are more than you think because if the effort is there the time doesn’t have to be! In fact, shouldn’t!

Power Plate Benefits #1 Stimulate 138% more muscle fiber during workouts

A study done by The American Chiropractor has shown working out on Power Plate activates up to 138% more muscle fibers when compared to a standard workout.

The micro vibrations activate more muscles so you may be waking up dormant muscles. The additional recruitment results in more calories burned too. Quite a bit in fact.

Power Plate Benefits #2 Expend 50% more energy than normal workouts

According to a study in the European Association for the Study of Obesity the same workout done on the floor vs on Power Plate Move increased calories burned by 50%.

But All That? Even better when combined with this…

Power Plate Benefits #3 Increased Endocrine Stimulation

Growth Hormone is a key in gaining lean muscle. With aging there is a decline in growth hormone production. That’s complicated further by lack of quality sleep in women in menopause since growth hormone is produced during deepest cycles of sleep.

Without adequate growth hormone, all the work you put in may not see its just rewards. Good news is growth hormone is increased by up to 500%. That’s so high it sounds inflated but it’s not nor is it a typo.

Power Plate Benefits #4 Boost Bone Density

One study featuring postmenopausal subjects had them using Whole Body Vibration 5 minutes 3 times a week for 6 months and resulted in 2% increase in bone density. Compare that to an average loss of 1-3% annually and that’s an almost 5% different. For 15 minutes a week and 5 minutes at a time. Stop the scroll and start vibrating.

Sherri:

I've been using my Power Plate Move for 3 months now.

I have increased my bone density, lost body fat and increased muscle mass.

I am 60 years old, 5 foot 5 inches at 129 lbs.

Very pleased with my results. My main health concerns are bone density loss.”

 

Who & When Benefit from Power Plate?

  • Recovering from hip or knee surgery
  • Limited ability to lift heavy weights due to arthritis, severe osteoporosis
  • Already frail
  • Recovery from exercise
  • Suffering from soreness due to exercise or fibromyagia
  • Athletes like golfers
  • Ill, long haul or adrenal fatigue prevents more exercise

If you want to take advantage, I scored 20% off for Flipping 50 community members here:

https://www.flippingfifty.com/powerplate with code Flipping50

Resources:

 Get  20% off with this link: FLIPPING50 at https://www.flippingfifty.com/powerplate

Other Episodes You Might Like:

Whole Body Vibration: http://flipping50.com/whole-body-vibration/

Are MEN JUST as at Risk for Osteoporosis?:

https://www.flippingfifty.com/risk-for-osteoporosis/

12 Dec 2023 How to Use Stress as a Tool for Hormone Balance00:39:55

How can stress be a tool for hormone balance? My guest and I dish on the topic of stress in this episode and how you can harness stress as a tool for your hormone balance. 

Knowing exercise is stress and that may be what led you here, we all have to deal with stress not only of the emotional, relationship, financial type but of the physical kind that comes from sleep deprivation or exercise or skipped, skimpy or less than ideal in some other way meals. 

My Guest:

Dr. Amy Day is a women’s health and hormone expert who has been at the forefront of the natural women’s health movement since 2004 when she received the 4th Naturopathic Doctor license in the state of California.

She is a sought-after speaker, the founder and clinic director of The Women’s Vitality Center in Oakland, CA, and creator of The Vitality Club an online perimenopause support community. Using a unique approach called The VITAL Method her team offers care that combines lifestyle counseling, functional lab testing, nutritional supplements and bioidentical hormones to help women 40+ feel great in and about their bodies, and stay vital throughout all stages of life.

Questions We Answer in This Episode: 

  • Tell us about you and what got you into women’s health

  • Why does stress matter so much when it comes to hormone balance?

  • Since stress is such a big factor in so many people's lives, what can we do about that?

  • What distinguishes eustress (positive stress) from distress or negative stress? 

  • When is stress actually a good thing?

  • What do you think are the biggest myths about bioidentical hormones for women? 

 

Connect with Dr. Amy:

Website: www.WomensVitalityCenter.com

On Social:

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/womensvitalitycenter/

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

Turn Midlife Stress into Strength | Victim to Victorious Author

https://www.flippingfifty.com/midlife-stress/

Cortisol Hormone: Don’t let it derail your fat loss efforts

https://www.flippingfifty.com/cortisol-hormone/

Your Hormones and Skin in Midlife | Interview with TheSpaDr

https://www.flippingfifty.com/hormones-and-skin/

Resources:

https://womensvitalitycenter.com/checklist the Hormone Balancing Checklist and join the free online community the Vitality Club.

The Upside of Stress - Dr Kelly McGonical

 

07 May 2024How Much Magnesium - The Missing Link to Total Health00:43:13

How much magnesium should you include in your daily regimen? Magnesium is involved in over 300 biochemical reactions in the body, impacting everything from your energy levels to how well you sleep at night. But the question remains: how much do you really need to support your health during menopause?

How much magnesium do you need?

The daily recommended intake of magnesium varies, but generally, women aged 50 and above should aim for about 320 mg per day. However, needs can vary based on individual health conditions and dietary intake.

To find out how much magnesium works for you, start with a lower dose and gradually increase it. Monitor how you feel—improvements in sleep, mood stabilization, and general well-being are indicators that your magnesium intake is on point.

If you suspect you’re low on magnesium, especially during menopause, it’s a common concern. Talk to your healthcare provider about how much magnesium is right for you and explore the best ways to maintain adequate levels through diet or supplements.

My Guest:

Dr. Carolyn Dean, MD, ND, is a respected expert in holistic health, particularly known for her work in magnesium therapy. She has authored influential books, including "The Magnesium Miracle," and advocates for the use of natural remedies in achieving optimal health. Dr. Dean also develops nutritional supplements and is widely recognized for her contributions to holistic health and wellness. For detailed information, visit her official website or consult her latest publications.

Questions We Answer in This Episode:

  • What are the top twelve reasons magnesium is foundational to women’s physical and mental health? [00:07:55]
  • How many traditional diagnoses could very well be magnesium deficiency in disguise? [00:09:25]
  • The importance of magnesium as a partner/co-factor with other essential vitamins and minerals such as vitamin D and calcium.[00:08:25]
  • How magnesium is an essential factor in mitochondrial integrity and energy production. [00:27:55]
  • How to choose the right magnesium. [00:17:25]
  • How to properly supplement with magnesium. [00:25:25]

Connect with Dr. Carolyn Dean MD ND**:**

Website: https://drcarolyndean.com/

On Social:

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/drcarolyndeanmdnd ****

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/drcarolyndean/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/DrCarolynDean

YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@drcarolyndeanmdnd4601

Resources:

Book: Magnesium- The Missing Link to Total Health - https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0CD993TF3

5 Day Flip: https://www.flippingfifty.com/5dayflip

Other Episodes You Might Like:

22 Dec 2023How to Pair Intermittent Fasting and Exercise After 4000:22:59

If you are trying to use intermittent fasting and exercise after 40, it’s tricky. You’re choosing to apply two hormetic stressors to a body already under hormetic stress going through physiological changes. We really can separate this into three areas – which might help you understand the dilemma. 

 

The benefits of intermittent fasting for women in midlife are potentially many: 

  • Improved gut health
  • Autophagy
  • Busting a weight loss plateau/imposing a hormetic stressor
  • Reduced inflammation 

 

Yet the midlife hormonal changes mean: 

  • Muscle loss(anabolic resistance)
  • Bone loss 
  • Adrenal stress 

 

Enter optimal exercise prescription unique to midlife and beyond: 

  • Support muscle preservation and actually, gain muscle
  • Reverse or prevent bone losses 
  • Minimize adrenal stress 

Community Member Question: Intermittent Fasting and Exercise

Molly asked, “Debra  I have been wanting to incorporate fasting into my health regime.  However with your current recommendations of working out in a fed state I have found it is very difficult to get enough protein and to maintain the fasted state. I read the book Feast Fast Repeat and it goes against a lot of the information you recommend. It’s difficult for me to fast for 18 to 20 hours and feel good. Just wondering what your thoughts are on fasting?” 

Start earlier. That makes it simple! You don’t have “dinner” at dinner time.. You have a last high protein meal at 3 or 4pm. 

Fasting has a purpose. Getting off a plateau. You can kickstart with an 18 or 20 hour fast but there is NO reason if you’re an active person to do this regularly. Rotate.., 12, 14, 15, 18 …. 

Rotating the amount of carbs you have also becomes important. Overall, lower than you’ve probably had before in your life (remember when you’d have two bagels at a sitting?) But you might toggle between 50 and 100 grams a day. If you always go long fasting, if you also restrict calories when you are in an eating window, and if you never vary carbs and always go low, you will have no metabolic flexibility. For the majority of humans that just won’t work. Your body is getting stressed by each of those things and never rewarded and replenished. Just where is that energy to do work and fun stuff going to come from? 

If this was your first book? Keep reading. It’s good but there are dozens of ways to fast. They include just going lower calorie for 5 days (with higher fat and lower protein), and using bone broth or doing smoothies twice daily. There are so many ways to start. But for intermittent fasting to be the goal then starting to extend your overnight fast is the beginning. Hit 12 hours. Try 13 and 14. See how you do. But don’t always do it. 

Your week should NOT ever look the same every day or you lose metabolic flexibility. If your goal is to stay active and gain muscle and bone density … tell me in a 20 hour fast how you manage to get micronutrients in.

What we all have to do is prioritize. It’s not intermittent fasting and exercise. It’s intermittent fasting OR exercise. Which do you need most right now and why? 

Also relevant: do you have any emotional eating tendencies or a history of eating disorder or diet and binge? If yes, this is a slippery slope for you. (see resources)

To Decide Whether Your Priority is Intermittent Fasting or Exercise

Are you inflamed? Need to reduce that and kick up the autophagy? Fasting for a short time may be your priority.

But high intensity exercise and fasting long are NOT going to coincide together well. That leaves you energy deficient. That puts you in stress. That causes a loss of muscle. 

Keep in mind lots of low intensity activity also becomes high intensity as it relates to causing cortisol. Say you’re fasting and going for a significant walk a couple times a day. Not what you want to do. Be kind to yourself. 

Resources: 

Stronger: Tone & Define:  https://www.flippingfifty.com/get-stronger-2023/

The Flipping 50 Cafe:  https://www.flippingfifty.com/cafe/

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

Fasting for Women Over 50 | What Is and Isn’t Fasting Q and A

https://www.flippingfifty.com/fasting-for-women/

Intermittent Fasting for Women | Health & Wellness | When Yes When No

https://www.flippingfifty.com/intermittent-fasting-for-women/

Midlife Changes with Intermittent Fasting Expert Gin Stephens https://www.flippingfifty.com/midlife-changes/

27 Feb 2024Mothers and Daughters Hormones and Health Literacy00:49:48

This episode is for mothers and daughters so it’s definitely not one to keep to yourself. There are numerous resources mentioned within this episode as well. Those include reference to Judy Blume’s Are You There God, It’s Me Margaret?, Flow and the wisdom of What, When and Why to Exercise for Women 40+ guest expert Alissa Vitti.

My Guests:

Candace Burch is a Hormone Health Educator with a Masters in Health Education and over 30 years of experience in the field. In 2017, she founded ‘Your Hormone Balance’ as a consulting practice, and was later joined by her younger daughter, Ryan Burch to expand YHB’s reach to women and men around the world! Candace’s background includes working as a health editor, writer and investigative journalist in London, leading educational patient and provider initiatives for ZRT Hormone Laboratory (as their Director of Education for 12+ years), as well as spearheading “Body in Balance,” a hormone testing and rebalancing weight loss program at Metabolic Research Center (a nationwide weight loss company). She also hosts the Women Talking Frankly Podcast with her friend N.P., Kyle McAvoy.

Jess Suchan is a board certified Holistic Health Coach via the Institute for Integrative Nutrition and takes a 360 approach to wellness, supporting clients in sustainable weight loss strategies, mindset tools and symptom relief via cycle syncing, lifestyle strategies and smart supplementation. As a recovered yoyo dieter with her own 45LB weight loss story, she understands the importance of a balanced approach, free from restriction and fad diets. She has been coaching clients in partnership with YHB for the last 5 years and also offers 1:1 coaching through her custom app. She co-hosts the Solo 2.0 Podcast, alongside her sister, YHB’s co-founder, Ryan Burch. 

Questions We Answer in This Episode:

  • How to navigate rollercoaster symptoms during perimenopause?
  • How to optimize hormones naturally and relieves symptoms like weight gain, sleep issues like anxiety, irregular/missing periods, vaginal dryness / skin issues, headaches, fatigue, etc?
  • How to manage health scares and traumatic experiences as a family?
  • How to support teens in understanding how to track their cycles and symptoms at pivotal times in their cycle?

Connect with Jess and Candace:

Resources: 

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

Midlife Weight Loss: Burn Body Fat, Balance Your Hormones

https://www.flippingfifty.com/midlife-weight-loss/

It Takes MORE Than Hormones To Fix Your Hormones

https://www.flippingfifty.com/fix-your-hormones/

A Hormone Therapy Roadmap: What, When & Why

https://www.flippingfifty.com/hormone-therapy-roadmap/

30 Jul 2024Why Insulin Resistance in Menopause is So Important00:39:51

How do you know you’re experiencing insulin resistance in menopause? How would you know that weight gain or belly fat may be a result of your insulin resistance? My guest today has type 1 diabetes and shares today the nuances of how to deal with midlife hormonal changes at the same time as dealing with blood sugar and insulin levels.

Insulin resistance in menopause is fairly common. If you’re aware of it, the what and why of it, you can prevent it.

My Guest:

Melissa Slemp is a certified nutritional and hormone health coach and personal trainer. Founder and CEO of Abundant Health with Melissa. She helps women 40+ diagnosed with type 1 diabetes to feel more empowered and to live their best life despite their diagnosis. Melissa has lived with type 1 diabetes since she was 14 years old and has experienced how a strong foundation of health and happiness supports our relationships, career, and our beliefs to nurture us emotionally and spiritually so we can thrive with diabetes.

Questions We Answer in This Episode:

  • Share your type 1 diabetes diagnosis story and how hormone changes impact your day-to-day care? [00:03:40]
  • How does insulin resistance change as we age, and what are some key factors contributing to this phenomenon? [00:06:00]
  • Can you explain the role of protein in managing insulin resistance and maintaining muscle mass as we get older? [00:15:10]
  • How does weight training specifically impact insulin sensitivity and overall metabolic health in aging individuals? [00:14:10]
  • What strategies or practices do you recommend for mindful eating to support insulin sensitivity and better blood sugar control? [00:28:50]
  • Why is hormone testing important, particularly as we age, and how can it help individuals manage insulin resistance effectively? [00:21:20]

Connect with Melissa :

https://www.abundanthealthwithmelissa.com/thrivingwithtype1diabetesafter40

On Social:

Other Episodes You Might Like:

Resources:

23 Jan 2024Woman to Woman: How to Get Your Best Sleep in Midlife00:42:06

Time to get your best sleep in midlife (and later)!!  You’re going to hear about thought restructuring, placebo effects, and how to improve your days by improving your nights.

Does sex before bed improve your sleep?

What do you do if you’re waking at 2 or 3 am? Why might you be waking at these times and why does the frequency of wake ups increase? 

Need Tips on Sleep? My free Sleep Yourself Skinny eguide

My Guest:  

Morgan Adams is a transformative holistic sleep coach who empowers women to conquer their battle with sleepless nights, without reliance on sleep medications. With her powerful sleep toolkit, Morgan not only ensures that women experience a profound enhancement in their sleep quality, but she also guides them in rekindling their relationship with sleep, paving the way for less stressful and more fulfilling days.

Having struggled with insomnia and dependency on prescription sleeping pills for almost a decade, Morgan intimately understands the profound impact sleep has on one’s quality of life. 

Morgan’s resilience shines bright as a two-time breast cancer survivor. This experience fueled her advocacy for a lifestyle rooted in disease prevention. Her wisdom and guidance extend far beyond just sleep, as she champions holistic well-being in all aspects of life.

Questions We Answer in This Episode:

  • What are the most powerful (and free!) sleep tips for women in midlife?
  • What’s the best way to deal with midlife insomnia?
  • Why are more women (vs. men) having problems sleeping in midlife?
  • What’s causing my 3am wake-ups and what can I do about them?
  • How important are morning/evening routines for sleep?
  • How helpful are wearable sleep trackers?
 

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

How to Lose 100 lbs (in your 60s) and the Obstacles Along the Way: https://www.flippingfifty.com/lose-100-lbs/

7 Expert SLEEP TIPS for Good Nights and Great Days: https://www.flippingfifty.com/sleep-tips/

Exercise and Sleep in Menopause | Hormone Balancing Tips: https://www.flippingfifty.com/sleep-in-menopause/

24 Nov 20235 Books I Loved in 2023 | Gift Ideas 00:27:29

Fair warning: this 5 books I loved in 2023 episode will read a little like a book review. It’s a great gift guide but perhaps the biggest take-away for us all is in the review of titles. I won’t make you wait. I’m going to share them all in the beginning. The titles are like trends on skinny jeans or cropped tops and high-waisted tights. I didn’t love either of those. With these I’m less judgmental but certainly curious.

This says a lot about what sells today. Because of course, don’t judge a book by it’s cover… but we do. The image, the title, the subtitle all matter a great deal. An agent, a publisher and editors all rely on data about sales to determine what will sell. 

So these 5 titles….

5 Books I Loved in 2023 (or coming soon!) 

Younger for Life -Dr Anthony Youn

The subtitle of this book is Feel Great and Look Your Best with the Science of Autorejuvenation. You’ll hear more on the book from the author himself in an episode titled Younger for Life with America’s Holistic Plastic Surgeon. But truly if you’re on TikTok, this is also a TikTok, YouTube and Instagram favorite plastic surgeon. 

He's a funny, and clearly knowledgeable surgeon whose mission is to turn on the power of your own body instead of turning to the knife. 

This one is coming out just after the New Year. We’ll link to it and share a special 21-day challenge we can only hint about now too! Pre-orders for that book will come soon so watch for it!

Forever Strong -Dr Gabrielle Lyon 

We will of course link to previous episodes with Dr Gabrielle. She worked with Dr Donald Layman who, if you are into the science of protein for longevity and preserving muscle with weight loss, appears as an author of many of the studies since the late 90s. 

Dr Lyon has made the information more mainstream and positively opened the subject of obesity again in a new way. It's not a fat problem, it’s a muscle problem. 

Forever Strong came out earlier this fall and it’s one for everyone in your family. The science can only fill so much of a book. The rest of the content is recipes supporting one means of staying strong, eating protein. You’ll find descriptions of exercise protocols as well as the long list of references used throughout the book. 

Young Forever -Mark Hyman

Do you see a theme here yet? And we’re not done! 

This book explores the biological hallmarks of aging, their causes, and their consequences—then shows us how to overcome them with simple dietary, lifestyle, and emerging longevity strategies. You’ll learn: 

  • How to turn on your body’s key longevity switches 

  • How to reduce inflammation and support the health of your immune system 

  • How to exercise, sleep, and de-stress for healthy aging 

  • How to eat your way to a long life, featuring Dr. Hyman’s Pegan Diet 

  • Which supplements are right for you 

  • Where the research on aging is headed

Mark Hyman is 63. 

Spoiler Alert: 5 Books I Loved in 2023 Reveal What We Want

Younger You -Dr Kara Fitzgerald 

If you’re new to the power of your epigenetics, that is your daily habits, to either accelerate or decelerate, in fact reverse age, then this is for you. 

We all have cancer cells within us. We don’t all get cancer. 

Some of us have genetics that predispose us to obesity. I do. But I’m not obese. Why ? Is it exercise? Nutrition? What specifically about your DNA and your habits could change things for you? 

Dr. Fitzgerald shares the diet and lifestyle plan that shows you how to influence your epigenetics for a younger you. In Younger You you’ll learn:  

  • It’s not your genetics that determines your age and level of health, it’s your epigenetics 

  • How DNA methylation powerfully influences your epigenetic expression 

  • The foods and lifestyle choices that most affect DNA methylation 

  • Simple swaps to your daily routines that will add years to your life 

  • The full eating and lifestyle program, with recipes and meal plans, to reduce your bio age and increase vitality  

  • How to take care of your epigenetic expression at every life stage, from infancy through midlife and your later decades  

Outlive - Peter Attia 

This book is what Dr Attia describes as the opposite of biohacking but one has to wonder. Isn’t biohacking based on science (we’ll link to a recent episode where I discuss biohacking you probably are doing even if you don’t know it)? 

There are a lot of things inside this book I love top but of course the top :

• Why exercise is the most potent pro-longevity “drug”—and how to begin training for the “Centenarian Decathlon.”

Then there is: 

• Why you should forget about diets, and focus instead on nutritional biochemistry, using technology and data to personalize your eating pattern.

• Why striving for physical health and longevity, but ignoring emotional health, could be the ultimate curse of all.

Bottom line on the titles of these health books I loved in 2023 (and 2024)...

We are clearly obsessed with anti-aging. Even if the authors are not, the words “young” and “younger” are high volume search words. Enough so that agents and publishers agree they will sell. So whether it’s ageist or not, we collectively seem to want it. Applause to Dr Lyons and Dr Peter Attia for busting barriers of age with choice of works Forever Strong and Outlive. 

One book not mentioned here but on my nightstand right now is, Finding Me, by Viola Davis. She’s a masterful storyteller and I’m only about a third of the way through but have newfound respect for each of the roles she’s played. 

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

What Is BioHacking

https://www.flippingfifty.com/what-is-biohacking/ 

Your Protein Needs, Your Optimal Body Composition

https://www.flippingfifty.com/your-protein/

Behind the Scenes with America's Holistic Beauty Doc Now!

https://www.flippingfifty.com/beauty-doc/

Resources:

Stronger: https://www.flippingfifty.com/get-stronger-2023/

Amazon Store: https://www.amazon.com/shop/flipping50

08 Mar 2024Low Energy Availability in Menopause? Eating Too Little to Feel Good or Age Well00:25:00

Low energy availability in menopause is a key concern, especially if you’re both trying to exercise and combine that with fasting and you could easily be there.

In this episode I’ll help you answer whether you’re in a state of low energy availability leaving you with too little energy to feel good during or after menopause.

Exercising too much without results? Try a reset. The 5 Day Flip is free. https://www.flippingfifty.com/5dayflip

Low energy availability or LEA, is defined as having limited energy available to support your normal body functions once your energy expended through exercise is subtracted from your total dietary energy intake. 

Living too long or too often in LEA will  negatively impact your skeletal muscle as well as your bone because osteoblasts and osteoclasts can’t properly do their job. More injury in connective tissue, stress fractures, and increased risk for osteoporosis or accelerated bone loss and inability to reverse losses. 

LEA also can lead to other health disruptions that are commonly blamed on the umbrella of “menopause” or hormones. They include irritability, depression, brain fog, poor immune function, low libido, and GI issues like constipation and diarrhea.

How do you know if you have low energy availability in menopause? 

Here’s a simple equation for figuring EA. 

EA = (EI − EEE)/FFM

Dietary energy intake (kcal) minus your exercise energy expenditure (kcal) divided by your fat free mass (FFM) in kilograms (kg)

Suggestions are for total to be 45 calorie/kilogram ffm

Anything less than 30 calories/kilogram ffm is considered LEA and putting you at risk for real health concerns within days. 

Track your calorie intake for 3-5 days to get an average. I don’t recommend doing this excessively. But it can be valuable periodically. Find that average by adding all the days total calorie intake and dividing by the number of days you tracked. 

Plug your calories burned into an app to determine for a female with your weight the calories expended for activities beyond daily activity of life. Play pickle ball 2 hours? Count it. Worked out 45 minutes? Count it. Walked 30 minutes at 3mph? Count it. Get a total calories expended in exercise for the day. 

It’s easier than you think to check for Low Energy Availability:

  1. Use that average total calories. 
  2. Subtract your daily caloric expenditure from exercise. 
  3. Divide that number by your fat free mass in kilograms. (remember kilograms is weight in pounds divided by 2.2) 

Calculate fat free mass. Take Body fat % x body weight. If your body fat percent is 25%, then .25 times your body weight.

So 130 lbs with 22% body fat. Fat mass is 28.6 lbs. 130-28.6 = 101.4 lbs ffm

101.4 divided by 2.2 = 46.2 kg ffm

If average daily calories consumed 2100 kcals. 

Energy expended with a 45 minute walk + weight training + 10 minutes intervals = 108+ 159 + 120 = 387 kcals expended (rounding up to 400kcals)

2100- 400= 1700 kcals divided by 46.2= 36.7

So based on this, I’m not in an alarmingly low state but low enough to be aware I should consciously start adding quality calories especially around workouts. When you do the calculation, about 45 is a good number to aim for or 50 if you’re training hard regularly. I’m not and some days much less than I’d like to but we all have to remember we may be slowing our metabolism by eating too little and compromising our body’s ability to regulate thyroid, proper immune function, metabolic function, mood or more. 

Your exercise may or may not be affected. At first. If you’re an athlete, performance most likely will be negatively impacted. The rest of your life and physical function will suffer first. It might be happening at such a low level you don’t notice it, until cumulative effects set in. 

Helpful? Share this with a friend. Low energy availability isn’t something talked about openly often enough. Instead we’re bragging about how long we’re fasting or doing HIIT. Potentially, we’re contributing to the problem: keeping score in the wrong game.

RESEARCH:

Resources: 

Other Experts who discuss this that you might also find interesting: 

Dr. Stacy Sims (doctor of science) https://www.drstacysims.com/

Steph Gadreau https://www.stephgaudreau.com/

Betty Rocker  https://thebettyrocker.com/

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

How to Be Confident Now with Betty Rocker | #508 https://www.flippingfifty.com/the-betty-rocker/

More Strength, Less Cardio in Menopause & Beyond https://www.flippingfifty.com/less-cardio-in-menopause/

30 Apr 2024Pelvic Floor Health in Menopause and Exercise 00:42:25

There’s a good chance you have concerns about pelvic floor health in menopause or before or after and either don’t know it or don’t talk about it. If you don’t know it, it’s because you’ve never associated gas or inability to control your urge to go with pelvic floor for just one example. Most of us don’t talk about it. Not with our partner, our friends or even our doctor.

I know because for years I was a trainer who didn’t ask this question. And needed to. And it’s only recently I realized that women don’t even associate a need to tell this with the type of exercise they do or don’t do.

Embrace Pelvic Floor Health in Menopause for wellness.

If you've been ignoring or are unaware of Pelvic Floor Health in Menopause, it's time to tune in and take control. Engaging in the right types of exercise can make a significant difference, not just for pelvic health but for your overall wellbeing during menopause.

My Guest:

Kim Vopni is a self-professed kegel maven and is known as The Vagina Coach. She is a certified fitness professional who became passionate about spreading information on pelvic health after the birth of her first child over 18 years ago.

She is an author, a passionate speaker, and a women’s health educator. Her most recent book, Your Pelvic Floor, launched in March 2020 and was on the bestseller list immediately.

After experiencing the upheaval of perimenopause she began educating herself on ways to support her own body and then took a certification to become a Menopause Support Practitioner so she could help others navigate the transition with ease.

Kim offers online programs and coaching for women through all life stages but the majority of her client base is in the peri and postmenopausal phase of life. Her Buff Muff app is an ever-growing community where people from around the world find support through her 28 day challenges and monthly membership.

Kim also certifies other fitness and movement professionals to work with women with core and pelvic floor challenges through her Core Confidence Specialist Certification and Pre/Postnatal Fitness Specialist Certification.

You can find her on-line through her podcast Between Two Lips, her website at www.vaginacoach.com and on social media @vaginacoach

Questions We Answer in This Episode:

  • What is the pelvic floor and why is it important [00:08:40]
  • What is it about pelvic floor health in menopause that’s unique? [00:10:50]
  • What are the most common signs/symptoms of pelvic floor dysfunction [00:13:50]
  • What can we do about it? [00:13:40]

Connect with Kim Vopni**:**

Website:

https://www.vaginacoach.com/

On Social:

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/VagCoach

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/vaginacoach/

Youtube: https://www.youtube.com/c/KimVopniTheVaginaCoach/videos

Other Episodes You Might Like:

Resources:

Kim’s Buff Muff App: https://www.buffmuffapp.com/

What When & Why to Exercise for Women 40+:

https://www.flippingfifty.com/wwwexercise

02 Jul 2024Too Much or Not Enough Variety in Exercise in Menopause?00:29:38

The Importance of Basics and Variety in Exercise in Menopause
Exercise during menopause can be challenging, but focusing on basics is key. These exercises build and maintain lean muscle mass and bone density, which are crucial as women age. For women over 40, sticking to basics provides significant benefits.

Incorporate new exercises into warm-ups and cool-downs, but keep your fitness program focused on basic movements. This boosts metabolism, muscle and bone density, and functional fitness.

These exercises assist with daily activities like getting up, picking things up, and managing stairs. Functional benefits are crucial as we age.

A well-designed exercise program considers sequencing, timing, and rest periods tailored to individual needs. For women over 40, workout timing, repetitions, sets, and recovery periods are vital. Consider life stressors too.

The goal is to maintain body composition, energy levels, muscle strength, bone density, and overall functionality, ensuring a healthy, active life into later years.

Questions We Answer In This Episode:

  • Why are basic exercises like squats, lunges, and deadlifts crucial for women over 40? [00:09:00]
  • How does exercise variety impact metabolism and muscle/bone health during menopause? [00:08:00]
  • What makes an exercise program unique and effective for women over 40? [00:14:00]
  • How do life stressors influence exercise routines for menopausal women? [00:19:20]
  • What role do basics play in achieving optimal body composition and preventing disease?[00:06:10]

Resources:

01 Dec 20237-Minute Natural Facelift: Not Too Good to Be Tru00:43:01

If you’ve looked in the mirror lately and you see something that makes you wonder about surgery or botox and that is just not you, but you’d love a natural facelift with no negative side effects, this is for you.

First though, I’m a low maintenance girl. I am also a skeptic. Look, I get access to some truly amazing products and I’ve shared my favorites with you. Today, though I share something that this 59- almost 60yr old face is loving. 

I started using this 5-6 weeks ago and have seen (and felt amazing results). I know that we are ALL looking for better products and healthier aging and there is no substitute for the real thing. 

My wish is just a clean makeup-free face that I feel good about. I do wear makeup at times but I don’t want to have to wear makeup to cover up my face. 

I think you’ll like this! 

My Guest:

Cathy Goldstein, an Acupuncture Physician, founded Multiple Integrative Health Clinics. She has been a columnist for New Vision Magazine and Philadelphia Magazine. Guest lecturer at Jefferson University Medical School. She is a frequent speaker for symposiums and health summits.

Cathy is considered a subject matter expert in BioMedicine through Eastern Medicine. She has been an educational instructor nationally and internationally.

Cathy has been practicing and teaching alternative medicine for more than 34 years (since 1988). She specializes in Quantum Energy Medicine technology and Body-Mind-Neuro-Psychology. She has trained with world-renowned practitioners and healers and holds advanced anatomy, physiology, and skin science studies.

Cathy’s pursuit of functional health stems from her health challenges and frustrations with Western Medicine. She was diagnosed with Crohn’s disease in her 20’s. After multiple hospitalizations and complications, she was still suffering from illness. Cathy began her life path for healing.

“I am truly grateful for my experience. I refused to have an illness define me. Through determination, relentless studies, and trial and error, I have been fortunate to enjoy a healthy life with no signs of Crohn’s disease for over 30 years. My commitment is to help and educate patients and colleagues on alternative healthcare and root functional health.”

This natural facelift is going to sound too good to be true, but it is everything you want it to be! 

Questions We Answer in This Episode: 

  • What is so different about this product? 

  • Tell us about energy medicine and the liquid nervous system

  • I’m enamored with Power Plate, fell in love with Whole Tones years ago, so explain to listeners how these are related and How can vibrational energy restore the fountain of youth

  • How is Tru Energy different?

  • I know my own feelings about this… and they’ve surprised even the skeptic in me (and it isn’t that I don’t want it to work but honestly… that it was this simple.. I love) tell me about other results of raving fans. 

  • How soon do people see results with this 7-minute natural facelift? Do they continue to improve over more time?

Connect with Cathy:

Try It Yourself! I love this 5-part System! https://www.flippingfifty.com/truenergy

Don't just take my word for it, though. Check out this video demo and see for yourself how amazing this product is:

On Social:

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/truenergyskincare/

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/truenergyskincare/

Resources:

7 Minute Natural Facelift: https://www.flippingfifty.com/truenergy

Power Plate: https://www.flippingfifty.com/powerplate

Whole Tones: https://www.flippingfifty.com/wholetones

Other Episodes You Might Like:

Your Hormones and Skin in Midlife | Interview with TheSpaDr

https://www.flippingfifty.com/hormones-and-skin/

Skincare Tips from the Skin Whisperer

https://www.flippingfifty.com/skincare-tips/

How to Redefine Aging | Mindset Shifts with Natalie Jill

https://www.flippingfifty.com/redefine-aging/

 

09 Apr 2024A New WeightLoss Mindset: From Ballerina to Dietitian00:35:08

A new weight loss mindset is critical to navigating the shifting sands of midlife. Just eating less or in moderation might not work for us like it used to, and it's important to understand why.

Instead of sticking to old ideas, we need to rethink how we approach food and weight loss. Let's talk about the myths that hold us back and discover the truths that can help us move forward.

Starting with a new weight loss mindset is key. We can find better ways to take care of our bodies and manage weight.

So when the doctor says, "Start with the mindset," believe it. It's true.

My Guest:

Dr. Ashley Lucas is the owner, founder and advisory consultant for PHD Weight Loss and Nutrition. She has over 15 years of education in the field of nutrition and metabolism. In her mid-20s, she retired from her professional ballet career. While understanding the importance nutrition played in her sports performance, she earned her Ph.D. in Sports Nutrition and Chronic Disease from Virginia Tech. Her research throughout her six-year post-graduate doctoral training focused on energy metabolism and the Female Athlete Triad. She was awarded the Academy of Nutrition and Dietetics Scholarship and completed her dietetic internship at The Ohio State University. She passed the national examination, which registered her as a dietitian offering expert food, wellness, and nutrition services. Dr. Lucas is a nationally renowned speaker, columnist, and leading expert in weight management and behavior change.

Through a scientific method that focuses not only on the metabolic consequences of fat gain but also on the behavioral and psychological aspects, she created and continues to innovate the PHD Approach, which has helped thousands of people nationwide achieve their peak wellness once and for all.

Questions We Answer in This Episode:

  • What do we do at PHD? [00:04:29]
  • Most common myths re: weight loss [00:19:11]
  • 5 steps to reset the scale [00:23:02]
  • Thoughts on Ozempic? [00:29:19]

Connect with Dr. Ashley Lucas:

Website: https://myphdweightloss.com/

On Social

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/dr_ashleylucas/

YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@drashleylucas

Resources:

PHD Weight Loss Program: https://myphdweightloss.com/our-approach/

Academy of Nutrition and Dietetics Scholarship: https://www.eatrightfoundation.org/foundation/apply-for-funding/scholarships

Other Episodes You Might Like:

Midlife Weight Loss: Burn Body Fat, Balance Your Hormones

https://www.flippingfifty.com/midlife-weight-loss/

The Genetics of Metabolism and Weight Loss for Women Over 40

https://www.flippingfifty.com/genetics-of-metabolism/

Why Menopause Weight loss is So Hard and How Your Brain is Taking Over

https://www.flippingfifty.com/weight-loss-is-so-hard/

01 Mar 2024Meet the Team Flipping 50 Behind the Scenes01:08:34

This is absolutely the first time I’ve done a greet and meet the team here at Flipping 50. [ Not completely true though – We’ve had one community coach on the show to talk about her 60th birthday and her perspective on it.] In the She Means Fitness Business podcast (for you fitness and health pros) I’ve introduced the positions I have hired and the order I hired them in, how I create job responsibilities… all things to help pros start a business, grow it, or scale it. 

I’ll link to that in the show notes. Of course it too is everywhere you listen to podcasts and if you’re a midlife woman serving midlife women or who wants to… this is produced just for you! (and it’s been around longer than Flipping 50 in fact). 

Today you’ll meet our team from the way behind the scenes to the front lines for the first time. I’m grateful for each and every one of them. I’ve been accidentally lucky to find them. 

Starting out as in many businesses, I wore all the hats. I’ve always treated positions where I’ve had another boss as if they were my own. So this wasn’t a new feeling. I was allowed a lot of autonomy in positions I’ve held. I appreciate knowing my goals and exceeding them in the way I work best, which may not be the traditional or conventional way. 

I try to remember that with my team too. Everyone has good ideas. Leaning on others and finding their zone of genius so everyone loves their job is a goal we can all relate to. 

Meet the Flipping 50 Team!

To make this far more fun than just sharing day-to-day activities which btw can be too numerous to mention – we’re asking some super fun questions to let their personalities shine. 

I asked everyone behind the scenes a few rapid fire questions you may love hearing the answers to. 

Resources: 

Want the Top 10 episodes in a specific category? 

https://www.flippingfifty.com/podcast 

AnnMarie Skincare:

https://www.flippingfifty.com/skincare

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

Choose your top 10 List here: https://www.flippingfifty.com/flipping-fifty-podcast/

She Means Fitness Business podcast – 

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/the-voice-for-fitness-professionals-podcast/

Tim Ferriss – https://tim.blog/podcast/

No Such Thing As a Fish – https://www.nosuchthingasafish.com/

RadioLab – https://radiolab.org/podcast

Matthew Ferry – https://matthewferry.com/home

She Means Fitness Business Podcast: 

Show Notes site: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/the-voice-for-fitness-professionals-podcast/

Itunes- Apple: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/she-means-fitness-business/id731652575

Spotify: 

https://open.spotify.com/show/2hAs64rdXtPhEZXbHNnZYi 

iHeart Radio: 

https://www.iheart.com/podcast/256-she-means-fitness-business-43068893/

18 Feb 2024 What Are the Real Secrets to Longevity?00:44:02

Want the real secrets to longevity so you can love it not just last it? This is it. My guest has a voice so buttery you’ll find so easy to listen to and so excited that you’re going to get excited too. You’ll hear how he fell into longevity science. He shares a wealth of resources (books) about longevity and what it means today. 

The real secrets to longevity are less secrets and far more science. We know so much that we don’t put to use yet. We can do so much better if we want to. If you’re ready to take a look, here’s how. 

My Guest:  

Published author, Host of the Uncovering the Secrets to Longevity Health Summit, patent holder with a surprising twist – he’s not just a visionary scientist but also a master of comedy improv. Chris Burres is the founder and chief scientist at MyVitalC, where he manufactures a Nobel Prize winning molecule responsible for the single longest longevity experimental result in history, a full 90% extension of life. He is the intersection where science meets laughter and his life’s mission is to help people live longer, healthier, happier, and pain-free lives one dose at a time.

Questions We Answer in This Episode:

  • When did you first become interested in longevity? 
  • What are some of your personal lifestyle habits adopted for enhancing your healthspan? 
  • How do you see longevity and biohacking being intertwined
  • Where did the comedy come into play? (were you the jokester in junior high who never grew up or was comedy something that bloomed later?) 
  • Why did you decide to put together a longevity summit?
  • Who were the biggest names and what did they have to say about longevity
  • What were some of the biggest surprises from the longevity summit?

Connect with Chris:

Website:  Uncovering the Secrets to Longevity summit

https://www.flippingfifty.com/summit

On Social:

Instagram: 

https://www.instagram.com/myvitalc

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/myvitalc

X: https://twitter.com/myvitalc

Resources: 

Secrets to Longevity summit

https://www.flippingfifty.com/summit

Danger Coffee: https://www.flippingfifty.com/givedanger  Code: Flipping50 

Books We Mention: 

David Sinclair – Lifespan why we age and why we don’t have to 

Peter Attia – Outlive

Matthew Walker – Why We Sleep

Live Longer and Better – Chris Burres

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

Unlocking the Secrets to Skin Longevity | A Solution for Crepey Skin https://www.flippingfifty.com/solution-for-crepey-skin/

Whole Body Vibration for Longevity in Women 40+ https://www.flippingfifty.com/longevity-in-women/

Testing Your Longevity: Older or Bolder https://www.flippingfifty.com/testing-your-longevity/

05 Jul 2024Progressive Relaxation in Menopause: A Unique Practical Podcast Episode00:21:42

I love progressive relaxation in menopause as a tool to do just that. Whether it’s to take a 10 minute break or get to sleep or back to sleep, it works. This method is a powerful tool to reduce stress, improve sleep, and enhance overall well-being. Incorporating this practice into your routine can make a significant difference in how you manage menopause, release tension and find balance to your movement routine.

Introduction to Progressive Relaxation:

  • Explanation of what progressive relaxation is.
  • Benefits for women in menopause, including stress reduction, improved sleep, and better hormonal balance.

Step-by-Step Guide:

  • Toes: Begin by focusing on your toes. Tighten the muscles, hold for a few seconds, then release and feel the relaxation.
  • Feet: Move to your feet, repeat the process of tensing and relaxing.
  • Calves: Focus on your calf muscles, tightening and releasing.
  • Thighs: Shift your attention to your thighs, tensing and then relaxing the muscles.
  • Hips and Buttocks: Tighten the muscles in your hips and buttocks, hold, and release.
  • Abdomen: Focus on your abdominal muscles, tensing and relaxing.
  • Chest: Tighten the muscles in your chest, hold for a few seconds, then release.
  • Hands: Move to your hands, clenching your fists tightly and then releasing.
  • Arms: Focus on your arms, tightening and relaxing the muscles.
  • Shoulders: Lift your shoulders up towards your ears, hold, and then let them drop and relax.
  • Neck: Gently tighten the muscles in your neck, hold, and release.
  • Face: Scrunch up the muscles in your face, hold, and then relax completely.
  • Head: Finally, focus on your scalp, tensing the muscles and then releasing.
  • Benefits Recap:
  • Review the benefits of each muscle group relaxation and how it aids in stress relief and hormonal balance.
  • Encourage regular practice for optimal results.

Resources:

Other Episodes You Might Like:

19 Dec 2023Younger for Life with America’s Holistic Plastic Surgeon®00:38:29

Younger for life, how does that sound? In defense of pro-aging not anti-aging and of loving the wisdom and comfort that comes with knowing who you are and aren’t and not having time for silly petty thoughts of worry about what someone might think… this may sound a little contradictory.

But I know I like a compliment about my skin or someone saying, I can’t believe it. It’s when you suddenly don’t get that anymore that makes me say, I’ve got to get more sleep! 

We’re talking about the title of a new book by my friend, Dr. Anthony Youn. To be clear, we’re talking about what’s inside and the basis of everything he does. First, he helps women avoid the knife and surgery. Second, he tries to simplify steps. 

Let’s face it (see what I did there), there is a dramatic difference in the way people age. From muscle, activity, mindset…and skin. So we know it’s possible to have more youthful looking skin as we age if that’s a choice. Is it alcohol, coffee, sugar, sleep? What are the differences in our behavior – or our skin care routines- that might make me or you look younger than the rest of the class at the next school reunion?

My Guest:  

Known as America’s Holistic Plastic Surgeon®, Anthony Youn, M.D. F.A.C.S is a nationally-recognized, board-certified plastic surgeon. Recognized as a leader in his field, he is the author of the best-selling books “The Age Fix,” “In Stitches,” and “Playing God.” His public television special, The Age Fix with Dr. Anthony Youn, has been viewed by millions. Dr. Youn also hosts the popular podcast The Holistic Plastic Surgery Show. He is the most followed plastic surgeon on social media, with over 4.5 million subscribers on his YouTube Channel and 8 million followers on TikTok. His new book, “Younger for Life” is a complete holistic guide to turning back the clock using the process of Autojuvenation®.

Questions We Answer in This Episode:

  • What do you mean by the term Autojuvenation?
  • Can you tell me about the 5 reasons our skin ages?
  • What supplements do you recommend for healthy skin?
  • What is a simple, healthy skin care routine?
  • What are some new treatments people can do at home to make their skin look and feel younger?
  • Tell me about your 21 Day Autojuvenation Jump Start

Join the Autojuvenation Jump Start!

Connect with Dr. Anthony:

On Social:

Website: http://autojuvenation.com

On Social:

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/dryoun
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/tonyyounmd
TikTok: https://www.tiktok.com/@doctoryoun

Resources: 

New Book: Younger for Life: Feel Great and Look Your Best with the New Science of Autojuvenation – January 2, 2024

Dr Youn’s first appearance on Flipping 50TV with skin tips: https://www.flippingfifty.com/younger-looking-skin/

5 Day Flip: https://www.flippingfifty.com/5dayflip

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

Behind the Scenes with America’s Holistic Beauty Doc Now!
https://www.flippingfifty.com/beauty-doc/

Your Hormones and Skin in Midlife | Interview with TheSpaDr

https://www.flippingfifty.com/hormones-and-skin/

Acne in Menopause? How to Deal with It | Interview with a Skin Expert
https://www.flippingfifty.com/acne-in-aging-and-menopause/

13 Aug 2024TRAVELING ALONE AFTER 50 OR WITH FRIENDS? Safe vs Not Safe00:40:42

Dreaming of traveling but your friends aren’t? How can we step up our game and really get the adventure and bucketlist life we want? I challenge you… and me to take the trip we want. Traveling alone is not just a destination trip, it’s very possibly a destination to yourself. How liberating would that be.

My Guest:

Peter Mangan is a visionary leader in the positive aging sphere, bringing a wealth of experience in fostering meaningful connections with older adults and igniting their passion for travel. Inspired by his father, Peter's journey highlights the transformative power of travel for individuals in their golden years.

As the founder of Freebird Club, an emerging social and travel community for people over 50, he has created a vibrant platform where members can connect, share travel tips, arrange meet-ups, and book affordable homestays with other members. Peter is redefining the way older adults experience travel and community, making a significant impact on their lives.

Questions We Answer in This Episode:

  • Can you share a bit about yourself and your personal journey? What inspired you to focus on positive aging and travel for older adults? [00:04:50]
  • What is Freebird Club, and how can people get involved with it? [00:32:30]
  • What sparked the idea for Freebird Club? Can you share a memorable story from the early days of starting it? [00:08:20]
  • What has been one of the most surprising or heartwarming stories you've encountered from Freebird Club members? [00:17:50]
  • How do you envision the future of Freebird Club and the positive aging movement? Are there any upcoming initiatives or projects you're excited about that our listeners should know about? [00:13:30]
  • What words of encouragement would you offer to older adults who may be hesitant about traveling or joining a community like Freebird Club? [00:34:50]

And the last Question, Debra asked you! Please listen, then respond inside the Facebook group!

Connect with Peter:

https://freebirdclub.com

On Social:

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/FreebirdClub

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/freebird.club/

Youtube: https://www.youtube.com/@freebirdclub

Other Episodes You Might Like:

Take a Walk with a 57-year old Book Author | Just 1400 Miles:

https://www.flippingfifty.com/take-a-walk/

Inspiring Stories of Older Athletes North of Forty:

https://www.flippingfifty.com/inspiring-stories/

Ageless Aging: Believe it or Not?

https://www.flippingfifty.com/ageless-aging/

Resources:

Hot Not Bothered Challenge:

https://www.flippingfifty.com/hot-not-bothered-challenge-2023/

STRONGER 12-week program:

https://www.flippingfifty.com/get-stronger/

10 Dec 2023The Hidden Reason for Belly Bloat 00:40:19

If you’re struggling with weight loss resistance, a chronic pain or injury or gut issues, there may be a hidden reason for belly bloat and so much more. 

The answer isn’t more exercise and less food. The answer is something you may not have addressed yet in your life. 

Warning: this episode talks more about energy (yours) and vibrational energetics and you may or may not be ready for it. I recently have shared several products from whole body vibration, to a skin care system supporting skin quality and collagen, to scalar energy products and found not all of our community is comfortable with them.

The first time we hear something new we often reject it. We ridicule it. It’s hocus pocus. Throughout history this has been true. Inventors, creators, innovators of things we now use daily and take for granted were looked at as insane, and ridiculed. Until, they weren’t.

It’s then human nature to finally adopt it as our own. 

If this is the first time you’re hearing about vibrational energy or these concepts, your reaction may be that of skepticism or ridicule. 

This is a reality for many who’ve had childhood trauma. ACEs is a term given to Adverse Childhood Experiences. The storage of emotions in tissue of the body is not new and is science. Adults with ACEs have life expectancies 20 years shorter due to diseases. 

My Guest:  

Jodi Geline is a Health Expert known for helping people age healthier, banish bloat, IBS and other chronic health conditions for good and reclaim their health permanently. Jodi suffered for years with chronic health issues that no doctor could ever fix and with a belly so bloated she always looked 9 months pregnant. Through discovering her own methodology, she went from looking very pregnant to a flat stomach and tapped into the secrets of getting healthier as you age. Jodi figured out how to master her own health and she now teaches others to do the same.

Questions We Answer in This Episode:

  • Tell us why you help people with their health and your health journey
  • Why don’t the diet restrictions work
  • Explain how the body holds onto emotions
  • Why doesn’t just food or conventional means work for long term health

Connect with Jodi:

Website:

Heal From Within Series: http://healfromwithinseries.com/dea

On Social:

Facebook:  https://www.facebook.com/GreatHealthMastery

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/jodigeline

YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/JodiBarnhart

Resources: 

Discover The Real Root Cause of Your Belly Bloat

http://peaceofmyheart.net/quiz/

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

Healing Trauma to Lose Weight: What if it’s Not Stress?
https://www.flippingfifty.com/healing/

How Emotional Eating Can Be the Hidden Reason for Weight Gain
https://www.flippingfifty.com/reason-for-weight-gain/

Get Unstuck: Mindset Mastery for the Life of Your Dreams | #479
https://www.flippingfifty.com/believe-kerry/

05 Apr 2024I Gained Muscle After 50: How I Lost Fat00:33:47

Time Flies: How I Lost Fat and Gained Muscle After 50

In this episode, I'll share how I lost fat and gained muscle after 50 and discuss how I improved my body composition. There's a winning score at the end of this decade, but I was down by some significant points halfway through. Here's how I Caitlin-Clarked the strategy and came out ahead.

How I’ve added 4 lbs of lean muscle, lost 4% body fat from 50 to 60

I’ve added 4 lbs of lean muscle and lost 4% body fat this last decade. In between, I gained 12-14, or 13 lbs, of inflammation and also lost that!

Before I start, you need to know that I’ve been thinner. It’s no longer the goal. I’m kind of sick of it. For 40 years, I’ve watched the #1 motivator for women to exercise is weight loss. I’ve watched fitness professionals cover each other’s bodies, knowing the science and intelligence of what is genuinely fitness. However, they still wish they had someone’s body they perceived as better than their own. I’m really over it. If that is your number one goal, it may happen while you focus on something else, but it probably will NOT happen if you’re chasing the weight.

We still haven’t gotten the fact… fact… that you will attract and get to keep what you focus on. This is no longer woo-woo, pseudoscience. It is simply a fact. I WANT energy, strength, and the ability to hike the Grand Canyon well into my next 40 years. In the process, I will probably optimize my body composition, not because I’m chasing weight loss but because I want to do everything I should have been doing all along.

Serotonin, dopamine, and oxytocin play a big part in how I gained muscle after 50, and we often forget about this. We get fleeting hits from exercise itself and long-lasting enjoyment from memories of living on the bucket list.

The other thing I realized just this week (approaching my 60th birthday) is that for way too long, I left things I love in my closet, saving them for … I’m not sure what. That ends. I wear fancy pants for dinner today and whenever I want to.

Apparently, I had to be 60 to give myself permission.

Here’s How I Gained Muscle After 50

The exercise & lifestyle changes that happened in this last decade:

  • I prioritize protein and non-starchy veggies [over something low fat]
  • I will eat dessert if I want it, but just last, and if it’s not that good, I can skip it.
  • I focus on eating enough rather than eating less.
  • I prioritize walking and weight training (even over HIIT)
  • I implement recovery strategies daily, only now waiting until I need them.
  • I lift heavy at a minimum once weekly but usually twice.
  • I cycle training very consciously.
  • I use explosive power and fast twitch agility 2-3 times weekly.
  • I rest consciously between sets of exercises for the same muscle group.
  • I recover like it’s my job after challenging workouts. I have food at the right time, rest and sleep, hydrate, and add 4 tools that help too.
  • My gut health is a TOP priority. ANY sign is not optimal, and I fix it NOW.

Tools I Use to Enhance Recovery or Boost Performance RELIGIOUSLY:

Epsom salt baths (be sure there is NOTHING added)

Sunlighten Sauna: https://www.flippingfifty.com/sauna

Power Plate: https://www.flippingfifty.com/PowerPlate Code: Flipping50

Weighted Vest see my pics in Amazon store from https://www.flippingfifty.com/resources

One More Thing About Gaining Muscle After 50

Someone watched a video of Moses this week and commented, I wish I could get excited about nothing.

"A dog's life" is no joke. I leave him to go to the grocery store, and he has to hug me for a few minutes before letting me put groceries away. He's so excited I came back.

If you can get excited not just about the big things - the Grand Canyon in September – or a wedding in October – but about the things that happen EVERY DAY, then you're living well.

Take charge of your quality of life. By consistently tending to the little things, you'll find that the big things will fall into place.

I have no intention of letting my goals get smaller as I get older.

They're getting more significant. I hope yours are too. And I hope you're not putting them off. It won't get convenient… until we can't choose it anymore. Don't wish for that.

Curious about the supplements I use to support muscle? Stay tuned for the next solo episode, where I'll share all the details.

Resources:

Stronger: https://www.flippingfifty.com/getstronger

Power Plate: (Save with code: Flipping50) https://www.flippingfifty.com/powerplate

Blood Glucose Monitor: https://www.flippingfifty.com/myglucose

What When Why to Exercise summit 2024:

https://www.flippingfifty.com/wwwexercise

Other Episodes You Might Like:

Less Belly Fat: https://www.flippingfifty.com/less-belly-fat

How Much Protein Do You Need After 50:

https://www.flippingfifty.com/how-much-protein-do-you-really-need-after-50-research-update-on-more/

Muscle Protein Synthesis in Menopause: How to Plan Pre and Post Workout

https://www.flippingfifty.com/muscle-protein-synthesis-in-menopause/

24 May 2024Mastering Midlife Metabolism: The Key to Fat Loss After 4500:24:56

If I had the key to fat loss after 45… and I could get every woman to use it, we could change history.

Struggling with weight gain during menopause? You're not alone. Tune in to learn about the unique challenges and effective strategies for fat loss specifically tailored for women over 45. We're unpacking how to adapt your exercise routines to fuel fat loss and boost your metabolism in midlife.

In this episode of Flipping 50, we explore the intricacies of fat loss during menopause, focusing on how changes in hormones affect your body and what you can do to rev up your metabolism. Discover exercise strategies and lifestyle tweaks that are effective for women navigating the shifts that come with menopause.

Questions We Answer In This Episode:

  1. How does menopause impact metabolism and weight? [00:03:15]

  2. What types of exercise help with fat loss in menopausal women? [00:05:15]

  3. Can exercise influence appetite and food cravings during menopause? [00:05:45]

  4. What role does sleep play in weight management during menopause? [00:03:55]

  5. How can stress affect your weight during menopause, and what can you do about it? [00:13:05]

  6. What are practical tips for integrating effective fat loss workouts into a busy schedule? [00:18:05]

In a study titled "The Effects of Exercise Training on Body Composition in Postmenopausal Women: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis" provides a thorough analysis of how different forms of exercise influence body composition, particularly fat mass, in postmenopausal women. The research synthesizes results from various studies to conclude that while all forms of exercise are beneficial, resistance training and aerobic exercises stand out for their significant impact.

Resistance training is especially effective at maintaining and increasing muscle mass, which in turn helps with more efficient fat burning and metabolic rate enhancement. Aerobic exercise, on the other hand, contributes significantly to overall fat loss, improving cardiovascular health and reducing fat percentages across the body.

The research paper discusses different forms of cardiovascular training (often referred to simply as "cardio") for postmenopausal women, emphasizing both aerobic training and resistance training. The study specifically mentions aerobic training (AT) as beneficial for reducing fat mass and improving pulmonary function. This form of training is characterized by activities that increase the heart rate and respiratory rate, typically including exercises like walking, running, cycling, or swimming.

Aerobic training was found to be effective not just for reducing fat mass, particularly visceral fat, but also for improving muscle function and potentially contributing to skeletal muscle hypertrophy, which are critical for combating sarcopenia in the elderly. This type of exercise is generally performed at moderate intensity, where the individual can still talk but might be too breathless to sing.

Strength Key to Fat Loss After 45

In terms of resistance training (RT), the research highlights its role in improving muscle strength and mass. Resistance training involves exercises that cause the muscles to contract against an external resistance with the expectation of increases in strength, tone, mass, and/or endurance. This could include lifting weights, using resistance bands, or doing body-weight exercises like push-ups and squats.

The intensity of these exercises was not specifically quantified in the abstract, but resistance training often involves varying intensities depending on the load and the number of repetitions performed, typically structured in sets.

Overall, the study underlines that both aerobic and resistance exercises are integral for managing health outcomes in postmenopausal women, with specific benefits attributed to each type depending on the targeted health outcome.

Resources:

**10 Day Challenge: https://www.flippingiffty.com/hnb-challenge**

**STRONGER 12 Week program: https://www.flippnigfifty.com/getstronger**

Other Episodes You Might Like:

Reference:

Khalafi Mousa , Habibi Maleki Aref , Sakhaei Mohammad Hossein , Rosenkranz Sara K. , Pourvaghar Mohammad Javad , Ehsanifar Mahsa , Bayat Hadis , Korivi Mallikarjuna , Liu Yubo. The effects of exercise training on body composition in postmenopausal women: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Frontiers in Endocrinology VOLUME 14, 2023

URL= https://www.frontiersin.org/journals/endocrinology/articles/10.3389/fendo.2023.1183765

05 Dec 2023What REALLY Causes Cancer? | Reduce Risk & Recurrence 00:41:35

If you know what really causes cancer you can make better daily choices to prevent it or prevent recurrence. 

My guest today overcame her own cancer 100% naturally. She’s not the only one. Knowing we each have cancerous cells in our bodies that do or don’t express based on our epigenetics or lifestyle choices, can empower us to learn and then choose more wisely.

In the first few minutes of this episode you will learn something that will blow your mind. Think of it as what you wish you’d always known about lab testing. Especially if you’re someone who has always been “normal” but gotten sick or didn’t feel well when that’s been true. 

If you’re still curious about what “functional labs” means and how it makes a difference, we answer that too. 

This is one to not miss and one to share. We all know someone with cancer. 

One of my favorite tools to help naturally detox - heavy metals, mold, and toxins in our everyday environment is my Sunlighten Sauna. I bought it as a tool to boost recovery and for pampering and optimal aging. The next year it was a godsend when I was exposed to mold for nearly 6 months. I have a Solo Sauna that’s easy to put anywhere, it’s moved with me twice. Sunlighten also has built-in models my family members use and love. Learn more at flippingfifty.com/sauna 

My Guest:

Katrina Foe overcame her own cancer 100% naturally, and driven by her core belief that the body can heal itself, Katrina went on to become board certified in holistic nutrition trained to read functional labs. As a faculty member at Restorative Wellness Solutions, Katrina teaches other practitioners to interpret functional labs and design individualized protocols.

Katrina is also a certified Metabolic Approach to Cancer practitioner, trained and

mentored by Dr. Nasha Winters. Katrina addresses the root cause of cancer empowering clients to keep it in remission without fear of recurrence.

In her international bestseller, Nutritional Pilates, Katrina offers a framework for whole body health that highlights potential obstacles to wellbeing and  provides proven strategies to sidestep chronic disease.

Questions We Answer in This Episode: 

• What are “functional labs?” 

  • What do people need to know/do in order to prevent cancer?

• How can people find out WHY they had cancer?

• Is there one kind of diet ideal for people who have cancer?

• What are the most common drivers of cancer?

• What are the 10 terrains that are the root cause drivers of cancer?

• How do you know if you have a blood sugar problem?

• What health issues might be blocking your body from healing?

• How to help the body detox and reduce inflammation?

Connect with Katrina:

Website: hhttp://www.CancerFreedom.com/roadmap-opt-in

Katrina On Social:

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/nutritional.pilates

Instagram:  https://www.instagram.com/katrinafoe/

Resources:

5 Day Flip: https://www.flippingfifty.com/5dayflip

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

Being Healthy Enough to Beat Breast Cancer: A Trainer’s Story

https://www.flippingfifty.com/beat-breast-cancer/

Your Risk of Breast Cancer and Your Hormones  https://www.flippingfifty.com/breast-cancer/

Hormones After Breast Cancer? It’s Not What You Think  https://www.flippingfifty.com/hormones-2/

 

19 Jan 2024How Your Exercise Supports Natural Detox00:22:35

Exercise both directly and indirectly influences detox.

Exercise increases respiration, circulation and sweat production. 

Exercise [in the sweet spot] also improves digestion and elimination so the toxins released can be removed.

Exercise stimulates the lymphatic system (an integral part of the immune system for removal of metabolic waste and toxins).  The Lymphatic system relies on muscular contractions and body vibration to move fluids through the body.  

Indirectly exercise supports natural detox by being a catalyst. Working out often helps increase water intake, improve nutrition choices and sleep.

Are Some Exercises Better at Supporting Detox Than Others?

Look, any movement and regularly doing so, even gentle yoga and walking support circulation. If you’re able to exercise more intensely and sweat regularly your circulation is going to benefit more. Be mindful, this isn’t a “more is better” thing. We need to move daily, and as much as more intense exercise will indeed get muscles and heart pumping to greater extent, we also need rest and recovery. 

But there are movements traditionally suggested for lymphatic drainage and you may wonder why. Here are two: 

Movement like rebounding which has been found to be good for lymph stimulation. 

Here’s the mechanism behind it.

Rebounding causes the valves in the lymphatic system to open and close simultaneously increasing lymphatic flow by as much as 15%

2-3 minutes once or twice a day with feet staying in contact with surface

Lymphatic flow requires 1) muscular contraction from exercise and movement, 2) gravitational pressure, and 3) internal massage to the valves of lymph ducts. Rebounding supplies all three methods of removing waste products from the cells and from the body.

The gravitational pull could be provided from many exercises, but with rebounding repeated gravitational pull is provided rapidly over and over with landing. 

However, there is not a lot of science suggesting that lymphatic drainage is indeed improved by rebounding. A small pilot study of 7 in 2018 seemed positive but with women with lower limb lymphedema. 

Whole body Vibration Exercise Supports Natural Detox

Whole body vibration activates 95% of the muscles in the entire body, creating a full-body circulation and lymphatic flow. This vibration therapy is better than massage because it uses the body’s natural muscle movement to ensure full-body lymphatic drainage.

The high levels of muscle contractions you’ll experience on a Whole Body Vibration plate stimulate the lymph to FLUSH toxins by moving the lymphatic system, without more strenuous exercise. Even a short, seemingly light exercise session does this. 

Lymphedema.net suggests a Hz of 10-30 for lymphatic drainage.

Another site suggests 30-50 for optimal muscle stimulation. And 30Hz has been used in bone health studies successfully enhancing bone density. 

The WBV I use is a Power Plate Move. It’s a Medical Device Directive (MDD) Certified Medical device as well as a Class 1c US FDA-registered device. 

Could Exercise Sabotage Your Detox? 

Exercise mistakes might limit the positive effects of exercise on detox.

Exercise is stress and too much stress will backfire. Exercise  causes inflammation. The inflammatory response to exercise supports a body’s resilience – to stress and infection or illness. But if you are already at a tipping point for your body, that additional inflammation may put you over the edge. That is if it’s too much for you at the moment. That doesn’t have to mean you’re attempting a marathon. But if you’re already under stress, trying to maintain the same exercise you do when you’re fully healthy and energetic, could be wrong. 

Heads Up: There are Critics 

You’re going to read critics of the concept of lymph drainage. Be prepared! But I think for many of us, lymphatic drainage isn’t the #1 reason for purchasing a whole body vibration tool. Even if lymph drain is a key benefit for you, it may be the bone density that is life saving because it’s as a result of the treatments that were necessary. We all are going to have to continue to filter. 

References: 

Effect of 6-month Whole Body Vibration Training on Hip Density, Muscle Strength, and Postural Control in Postmenopausal Women: A Randomized Controlled Pilot Study. Journal of Bone and Mineral Research, 2004 Mar 22:19(3): 352-9. Epub 2003 Dec 22. 

The Effect of Whole-Body Vibration on Lower Extremity Skin Blood Flow in Normal Subjects. Medical Science Monitor, Vol 13(2) pp. CR71-76, 20071.

Cugusi L, Manca A, Serpe R, Romita G, Bergamin M, Cadeddu C, Solla P, Mercuro G; Working Group of Gender Cardiovascular Disease of the Italian Society of Cardiology. Effects of a mini-trampoline rebounding exercise program on functional parameters, body composition and quality of life in overweight women. J Sports Med Phys Fitness. 2018 Mar;58(3):287-294. doi: 10.23736/S0022-4707.16.06588-9. Epub 2016 Jul 21. PMID: 27441918.

Resources: 

Join the Cleanse: https://www.flippingfifty.com/cleanse

Power Plate: https://www.flippingfifty.com/PowerPlate  Code: Flipping50 

My Whole Body Vibration: https://www.flippingfifty.com/PowerPlate  Use Code: FLIPPING50 for a very special offer JUST for Flipping 50 community members. Seeing this Jan 2024? Don’t miss it!! A massage gum PLUS 25% (normally 20% for our community)

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

The Genetics of Metabolism and Weight Loss for Women Over 40 https://www.flippingfifty.com/genetics-of-metabolism/

Perfection Detox for the Mindset of Midlife Success https://www.flippingfifty.com/perfection-detox/

Higher Metabolism with Thermogenesis: What’s the Influence of Foods?

https://www.flippingfifty.com/higher-metabolism/

16 Apr 2024Reverse Biological Age with Dr. Olga Stevko's Methodology00:37:23

Reverse biological age with the concept of a secret clock within your body. Imagine it can make you look and feel older or younger than you are. It's like having a magical switch that can change how old your body seems.

Believe it or not, our unconscious mind holds a lot of sway over our health and aging process. Hidden emotional traumas play a big role. But here's the exciting part: we have the ability to change how we respond to stress and emotional challenges, effectively hitting the rewind button on aging. It's all about taking control and making small shifts that can lead to big changes in how we look and feel.

My Guest:

Neuroscience has shown that 95% of our life experiences are shaped by unconscious programs. Dr. Olga Stevko, MD from Russia has created a unique and powerful methodology that allows her to identify and transform unconscious programs which are caused by stressful life events and trauma, including trauma passed down genetically as transgenerational epigenetic inheritance. These programs influence how people perceive themselves, others and the world around them and also affect nervous system responses that impact both body and mind. This phenomenon creates a wide variety of physiological, physical, mental, and emotional conditions —from insomnia and anxiety to health issues, premature aging and struggles with communication. Transforming unconscious programs will change how the nervous system reacts to everything that triggers flight, fight and freeze responses, and how people look, think, feel, react, and behave. This methodology is extraordinarily effective to reverse biological age and produces fast, permanent, and life changing results.

Questions We Answer in This Episode:

●How unconscious programs are forming, and how they affect the nervous system?[00:011:20] 

●How unconscious programs can accelerate aging? [00:16:30] ●How fast can people experience reversing their biological age after transforming some unconscious programs? [00:23:40] ●What modalities/techniques/tactics can we use in order to slow our aging? [00:28:20]

Connect with Dr. Olga:

Website: https://www.drolga.com/

On Social:

YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@dr.olgastevko6537/videosL

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/dr-olga-stevko-9a2a169/

Resources:

What, What & Why to Exercise for Women 40+ event: https://www.flippingfifty.com/wwwexercise

Other Episodes You Might Like:

Healing Trauma to Lose Weight: What if it’s Not Stress?: https://www.flippingfifty.com/healing/

15 Mar 202410 Comprehensive Ways Resistance Training Revolutionizes Menopause Health00:40:33

Picture the headline: Resistance training revolutionizes menopause health. It’s that simple. 

It’s 2024. We still hear both about the use of HRT or reasons (perhaps outdated) not to. We hear about both animal protein and the plant protein advocates. 

With this simple method of – humor me – hormone enhancement – there is no argument. We all know we need to be doing it. We all understand the benefits of being strong and vibrant. But lest you confuse a need to lose fat with the need to gain lean muscle, this is for you. 

Lifting already? Then you’ll love these reminders. After all, the placebo effect is in full swing at all times. It’s either working for or against us. So those things you’re doing that you know are good for you, amplify them with the scientific evidence and think your way to even better results. 

This episode captures the broad spectrum of positive changes resistance training can bring to menopausal women, from physical improvements like visceral fat reduction and bone density increases to more general benefits like enhanced mood and sleep quality improvements. Each of these is directly tied to signs and symptoms of menopause. 

Give a Woman a Weight and Change Not Only Menopause, But Her Health the Rest of Her Life

Before we dig in, in the rhythmic play off the children’s story book, “When you Give a Mouse a Cookie”…

When you give a woman a weight… (or when you pick one up yourself) 

You: 

Enhance her strength

Improve her fat free mass

Reduce her total fat

Reduce that deadly visceral belly fat

Support overall hormone balance

Alleviate symptoms of anxiety and depression

Enhance her sleep

Improve skin health

Increase bone density

Enhance Gait and Stability 

Women who lift, lift the world. Theirs and the world at large.

How Resistance Training Revolutionizes Menopause Health

1. Enhance muscle strength – directly tied to longevity (link to recent episode on testing your own longevity) supporting daily activities and reducing the risk of falls. Beyond that however, for bone density benefit, heavy lifting will require muscle strength. 

2. Improve fat-free mass, aiding in a healthier body composition during menopausal transition. The combination of 1 and 2 together, notably known as “recomposition.” You’re not literally turning fat into muscle. But you are indeed able to lose fat and not just avoid loss of muscle, but add muscle. This does require some careful effort. For those without much consistent strength training, using a caloric deficit with a high protein intake make effective. The longer your consistent resistance training experience however, and the older you are, you may need a surplus of calories high in protein to overcome the anabolic resistance that occurs with aging. 

3. Support total fat mass reduction, addressing weight gain concerns during menopause. Over 5600 postmenopausal women in one hundred studies reviewed showed exercise training effectively increased muscle mass and fat-free mass, and decreased fat mass, body fat percentage, waist circumference and visceral fat. (more on visceral fat coming up). Further this study in Frontiers in Endocrinology in 2023, found combining RE and aerobic exercise(not same session) helped increase muscle and decrease fat, while RE plus combined training – which includes doing aerobic activity and strength training in the same session – helped boost muscle mass most. The reason it likely didn’t impact fat as much I suspect is because intensity in the aerobic activity won’t be as high. You either won’t go as fast or against as much resistance even though it may “feel hard.” 

4. Reduce Visceral Fat.  Resistance training has been shown to effectively promote decreases in visceral fat in the absence of caloric restriction. That is, no change other than adding resistance training. In still another study published 2023, reduction in visceral belly fat was significant compared to non-resistance trained control group whether participants did 2 or 3 times weekly RE. The impact was observed to be significant across both obese and non-obese individuals, as well as across different age groups, indicating its broad applicability for fat reduction during menopause.

5. Support hormone balance.For pre- and post-menopausal women’s unique physiological needs, muscle is essentially an endocrine organ. You will support more optimal insulin levels, decreasing the need for it and therefore decreasing fat storage. You will experience less negative impact of cortisol compared to cardio. You’ll also boost natural testosterone levels, pick up where estrogen levels dropped in menopause, and so much more. 

5 More Ways Resistance Training Revolutionizes Menopause Health

6.  Alleviate symptoms of depression and anxiety by releasing endorphins and improving mood. Similar to the way that there are reduced negative effects of stress with brief periods of rest between sets allow those sensations to normalize a bit before being increased again with the next set, resistance exercise can provide optimal mini exposure to elevated heart rate for anxiety, without negatively tipping the scale, which helps enhance resilience. Enhance Gait Speed and Stability.  By improving muscle strength and mass, resistance training can contribute to better balance, gait speed, and overall mobility. Gait speed is directly related to longevity with a minimum speed of 3.0 set for determining a good baseline. Walking speeds of 3.3. Or greater are associated with greater bone density benefit through ground forces than slower speeds. Gait speed typically slows with instability or fear of falling. Stronger muscles support joints and can prevent falls, which is crucial as bone fragility increases with age. This was a repetition range of 8-15 with an average of 60s rest between 2 or 3 sets. Changes were improved with as little as 6 weeks of twice weekly RE.

7.  Improve Skin Health by improving circulation and potentially boosting collagen production. Resistance training has a more positive impact on thickening the skin dermis, counteracting the thinning of skin from loss of collagen fibers with age. 

8.  Increase Bone Density. Both research and anecdotal evidence from our own Flipping 50 community provides evidence that reversal of bone loss is possible through RE. Resistance training places stress on the bones, stimulating bone formation and increasing bone density. This is particularly beneficial during menopause, a period when women are at increased risk for osteoporosis due to declining estrogen levels. Once thought to be the best exercise, the collective approach now includes high impact exercise, yoga and other weight bearing time daily, as well as resistance training. For those unable to lift heavy, tools like weighted vests and whole body vibration (Power Plate is my choice- https://www.flippnigfifty.com/PowerPlate).

9.  Enhance sleep quality, aiding in better rest and recovery, as well as overcoming the insomnia that can occur during menopause. A study conducted by researchers at Iowa State University and presented at AHA Conference in March 2022, found resistance training helped reduce time to fall asleep and also increased sleep time  more than aerobic exercise among exercisers who did 3x a week resistance training

Resistance Training Studies and Menopause Health

Among the studies there are a lot of variables. Some smaller, some vast reviews of literature as mentioned with over 5000 women, and variations of 2 or 3 times weekly, 3 or 4 sets, the percent of 1 RM to muscle fatigue did vary as it almost always does when looking at a large body of knowledge. What does come out clearly though is: 

  • Multiple sets each session
  • 6-8 sets for each muscle per week 
  • Higher intensity (heavier with fewer repetitions improved results over low intensity light- with more reps) 
  • Post menopausal women don’t respond as well with less stimulus and require more volume from multiple sets x heavier weight and potentially greater frequency of HIIT or high intensity 
  • Because of the increased anabolic resistance women experience in post menopause (older) they will require more protein to achieve the same muscle protein synthesis 
  • Even if the goal is to go heavy for optimal bone density, all exercisers should start with higher repetitions and lighter weights with emphasis on good form. 

Based on a simple principle of fitness: progressive overload. While a low load more frequently might be a logical way to begin and build a foundation of connective tissue health and train the brain so to speak. This neural component can’t be rushed by heavy weight. It will take the time it takes – about 6-8 weeks of a program. A time when proper form and body mechanics is very important. Yet for women crushed by time, fitting it in, twice weekly can be a bigger advantage and allow for functional workouts, like body weight yoga sessions between without undue fatigue or adrenal stress. 

Are you lifting? If you or a woman you know needs to begin, share this with her. For an online solution that’s been built for and helped women in menopause for a decade, join the STRONGER Tone & Define 12-week program. 

Resources: 

Power Plate with the Flipping 50 community code: Flipping50 https://www.flippnigfifty.com/PowerPlate

STRONGER Tone & Define: https://www.flippingfifty.com/getstronger

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

What Are the Real Secrets to Longevity? https://www.flippingfifty.com/real-secrets-to-longevity/

Power Plate Benefits | Prior Skeptic to a Believer

https://www.flippingfifty.com/power-plate-benefits/

References:

Broman-Fulks, J. J., Kelso, K., & Zawilinski, L. (2015). Effects of a single bout of aerobic exercise versus resistance training on cognitive vulnerabilities for anxiety disorders. Cognitive Behaviour Therapy44, 240-251.

Isenmann, E., Kaluza, D., Havers, T. et al. Resistance training alters body composition in middle-aged women depending on menopause – A 20-week control trial. BMC Women’s Health 23, 526 (2023). https://doi.org/10.1186/s12905-023-02671-y

Kang S, Park IB, Lim S-T. Changing Levels of Myokines after Aerobic Training and Resistance Training in Post-Menopausal Obese Females: A Randomized Controlled Trial. Sustainability. 2020; 12(20):8413. https://doi.org/10.3390/su12208413

Keating CJ, Cabrera-Linares JC, Párraga-Montilla JA, Latorre-Román PA, Del Castillo RM, García-Pinillos F. Influence of Resistance Training on Gait & Balance Parameters in Older Adults: A Systematic Review. Int J Environ Res Public Health. 2021 Feb 11;18(4):1759. doi: 10.3390/ijerph18041759. PMID: 33670281; PMCID: PMC7918150.

Nilsson S, Hammar M, West J, Borga M, Thorell S, Spetz Holm AC. Resistance training decreased abdominal adiposity in postmenopausal women. Maturitas. 2023 Oct;176:107794. doi: 10.1016/j.maturitas.2023.107794. Epub 2023 Jul 6. PMID: 37421844.

Nishikori S, Yasuda J, Murata K, Takegaki J, Harada Y, Shirai Y, Fujita S. Resistance training rejuvenates aging skin by reducing circulating inflammatory factors and enhancing dermal extracellular matrices. Sci Rep. 2023 Jun 23;13(1):10214. doi: 10.1038/s41598-023-37207-9. PMID: 37353523; PMCID: PMC10290068.

https://www.abstractsonline.com/pp8/?_ga=2.43661667.795188704.1646150369-78844285.1609356599#!/10553/presentation/99

19 Apr 2024Overdoing Exercise in Menopause: The Struggle to Scale Back00:27:11

If this is you overdoing exercise in menopause, it’s very possible you might be saying that you love exercise so it’s not you. In this episode I’m going to talk about:

  • Low dopamine receptors
  • Addiction

You see it in those recovered from drugs or taking a break from drugs only to become obsessed with exercise. It’s the similar phenomena. They want to feel good. The only time they do feel good might be when they’re at the gym or running depending on the activity of choice.

For midlife women, exercise sometimes goes flat. The same exercise they use to do no longer gives that sense of high. The feel-good hormones aren’t released at the same level. It’s because there are fewer dopamine receptors.

The very thing you’re doing, the discipline, the regular schedule that once was admired and possibly a source of pride and reason you were fit and envied, now can actually be causing exhaustion, loss of muscle and not just not working. It’s likely getting the opposite desired effect.

You might just watch a friend, an inactive counterpart until now, start exercise and make beginner progress that leaves you envious.

You wonder, why is this happening to me?

And it’s almost like an addiction. You want to feel good, Overdoing exercise in menopause is about wanting to feel like your old self again, so in effort to “get back to how you used to feel” you try the exercise you used to do.

That, friend, is going to backfire big time.

The hardest thing for you to do, is the thing you must, and that’s stop working out so much.

How to Stop Overdoing Exercise in Menopause

That’s hard so here are a few suggestions.

Kelly was a client back in the 90s. She worked full time and got up daily to work out beforehand. You might know her. Every gym has a Kelly. She was at the gym before it opened, waiting for the employee to arrive unlock the doors and turn on the lights.

But Kelly’s over-exercise in midlife (combined with undereating, too little recovery time) got her injured and unable to do anything but swim. In a University town with no less than 3 pools, Kelly couldn’t find one with hours to help her get her exercise “fix” in before work. So she got up at 4 to drive 30 minutes to a neighboring town, swim her lengthy workout at the Y there, and return in time to be at work at 8am.

Janet, worked a shift at a hospital and still belonged to a gym in a neighboring town she used to live in. She would get up at 3am to drive 45 minutes (one way) to work out at the gym and still make it back in time for her early starting shift. She’d put in a full day and if it was light outside after work she would often walk 1-2 hours more even though she was on her feet all day.

Erin was a pre-physical therapy student. She was as driven by her workouts as she was to succeed in school. She would workout for 1-2 hours every morning and again at the end of her school day, having a bagel and some tuna for lunch, but eating little else and rarely if ever taking a day off. She would get ready for school in the locker room, drying her hair in her underwear, little by little becoming so emaciated her ribs protruded from her chest and her pelvic bones from her hips. She still felt fat.

While some of these situations might overlap eating disorders, they are also of an addictive nature. The drug of choice is exercise. The amount of exercise it takes has escalated to a point it is doing damage to the body but the brain no longer sees it or care.

That’s not necessarily you, but we often get so lost in our own thoughts and believe whatever it is we’re thinking is true. While all that’s true is our belief of it.

You don’t have to be at such an extreme to experience accelerated aging and negative effects on muscle mass.

How to Give Up Overexercising in Menopause for the Results You Really Want

The solution has got to be something to support the balancing of your hormones. Muscle is an endocrine organ. It can influence insulin, cortisol, growth hormone and testosterone. Of those, do you know which is the most important?

Pregnant pause here while I wait for you to answer. Here they are again: insulin, cortisol, growth hormone and testosterone. Which is most important?

The most important hormone to control is cortisol. If you don’t, the negative spiral looks something like this:

  • Cortisol rises (or tanks)
  • Blood sugar rises (even if you ate nothing) – inflammatory response
  • Insulin rises (you’re in fat storage)
  • Cortisol blocks production of progesterone so that alone can put you in estrogen dominance (fat storage)
  • Cortisol wonky usually negatively impacts quality of sleep
  • Ghrelin and Leptin are off the next day

We can’t shoot all our stressors. But we can find joy. Positive hormones dopamine, serotonin, oxytocin and endorphins from exercise all help to offset this.

If you would and could do ONE thing today, this week or this month that would help you improve ability to burn fat, gain muscle, sleep better, decrease cravings… it would be optimize cortisol levels.

Here are some suggestions:

  • Go for frequent walks
  • Get outdoors
  • Spend time with a pet
  • Call a friend
  • Enjoy a belly laugh (movies, jokes, friends)
  • Try yoga instead of HIIT
  • Try Pilates for a week instead of tough strength training workouts

Do you want to lift (and lift heavy) and does HIIT have a place? Absolutely, but not if it’s backfiring. Then we take those out, build the movement foundation again once we regain the energy. We call it here, Restore Before More™.

In a state of cortisol imbalance we don’t have the building blocks for lean muscle. Once you essentially plug the holes on a sinking ship, it stops sinking and we can focus on moving forward again.

Can you relate? I’d love to hear from you if you want to share even anonymously.

Resources:

What, When & Why to Exercise for Women 40+ summit: https://www.flippingfifty.com/wwwexercise

5 Day Flip: https://www.flippingfifty.com/5dayflip

Other Episodes You Might Like:

Understanding the Role of Cortisol and Exercise in Menopause: https://www.flippingfifty.com/cortisol-and-exercise/

Cortisol: Don’t Let It Derail Your Fitness: https://www.flippingfifty.com/cortisol-hormone/

06 Aug 2024Detoxifying Your Body from the Damage of Diets in Menopause00:40:17

The damage of diets, and often in midlife, a lifetime of it can be the limiting factor in your weight loss, your fitness, and your longevity. Girls start dieting as early as 13, sometimes even younger, leading to lifelong struggles with self-image.

We talk with a male trainer specializing in helping women in their 50s get in shape. Curious about his career path? So I asked and here he is. You’ll be glad you stayed for this one, and stay till the end if this resonates with you. Joe is giving away 3 months of coaching to one of our listeners and I’ll tell you how to be eligible at the end of the show.

My Guest:

Joe Hoye’s journey in health and fitness began at 13, inspired by his mother’s strength and guidance. Despite a detour in college that led to weight gain, Joe reclaimed his health through disciplined fitness and nutrition. This personal transformation drew others to seek his advice, sparking his passion for helping others.

As a former surgery technologist specializing in OBGYNs, Joe founded Hoye Fit to empower women over 40. His holistic approach to fitness goes beyond diet and exercise, integrating mindset, movement, and behavior change. Through Hoye Fit, Joe has helped thousands of women achieve balance and transformation, embodying resilience, compassion, and a commitment to their well-being.

Questions We Answer in This Episode:

  • The Diet Detox - how to detox your body from damage of past diets [00:12:00]
  • Joe’s personal journey and how he became a fitness coach [00:10:20]
  • How To Have A Healthy, Fit Body After Menopause [00:18:50]
  • Which exercise is best? How can you get fit and not feel deprived? [00:22:30]
  • Joe’s definition of a successful mindset when it comes to health and fitness [00:30:20]

Link for 3 months of coaching in the give away:  https://giveaway.hoyefit.com/flipping50

Connect with Joe:

On Social:

Other Episodes You Might Like:

Resources:

30 Aug 20245 Non-Exercise Ways to Boost Fat Burn 00:35:11

This simple list of non-exercise ways to boost fat burn has turned my YouTube channel subscribers upside down! Meaning they’ve flipped over them! It’s crazy! Secretly my hope is that YOU are using these as extra insurance, and not your only line of defense.

  1. Increase Water Intake to Boost Hydration
  2. Increase Protein Intake
    1. Thermogenic effect of food - almost 30 percent of it goes to digest and breakdown
    2. Muscle protein synthesis even - 30% of it toward digestion
    3. Even without resistance training there is a muscle protein synthesis
  3. Sleep More Consistently
    1. Release of testosterone and growth hormone
    2. Same wake time is the fastest way to reset your circadian rhythm
  4. Limit or Eliminate Alcohol
    1. Metabolizing alcohol all other metabolism stops (food gets stored as fat)
    2. It’s metabolized as sugar, increasing blood sugar then insulin
    3. The after effect is as bad: negatively impacts sleep, causes blood sugar issues the next day
    4. Negatively impacts hydration levels
    5. Decision-making skills are gone so making good choices is hard!
  5. Move More Exercise Less
    1. The variability between N.E.A.T. is up to 2000 calories a day between those who are active and sedentary. While you might burn 300 calories or even 600 in an ambitious workout, beware … it also can come back to bite some midlife women but having them sit more than ever.
    2. Experts categorize NEAT into three main subcomponents comprising body posture, ambulation, and all other spontaneous movements including “fidgeting”

5 Non Exercise Ways to Boost Fat Burning

References:

Other Episodes You Might Like:

Resources:

17 Oct 2023Build Bone After Osteoporosis 00:41:44

Yes, you can build bone after osteoporosis. You can reverse bone losses. So if you were diagnosed years ago you were told something different. But today, research is showing positively that three unique exercise types contribute significantly to bone health. There’s more, and I’ll share another resource at the end, but to get the recent update on research and put an end to fear about movement and exercise… this 

RECORDING BUNDLE AVAILABLE!

My Guest:

Belinda Beck is a Professor at Griffith University (Gold Coast, QLD) and the Menzies Health Institute Queensland. She founded The Bone Clinic, a translational research facility and clinical practice providing evidence-based exercise for patients with osteoporosis.

Belinda graduated from The University of Queensland (BHMS[Ed]) and the University of Oregon (MSc and PhD) and completed a postdoctoral research fellowship in the Stanford University School of Medicine (CA, USA).

Her work, primarily related to the effects of mechanical loading on bone, has involved both animal and human models, from basic to clinical research. Her particular focuses have been exercise interventions across the lifespan for the prevention of osteoporotic fracture, and the management of bone stress injuries in athletes and military recruits.

Recent projects have included the LIFTMOR clinical trials, the findings of which inform the Onero exercise program implemented at The Bone Clinic and licensed for delivery by exercise physiologists and physiotherapists around the world.

Questions We Answer in This Episode: 

  • Share your recent research on bone building after osteoporosis 

  • Types of strength exercises that are proven most effective? 

  • How much impact does it take to build bone density? 

  • What’s the strength training repetition range for bone density? 

  • Why is it so important if you’re busy or low on energy that you know what to do? 

For more support on how to stop losses from occurring due to gut health issues, The Bone Coach is offering a free Masterclass this month. Link in the show notes today 

Connect with :

Website: https://theboneclinic.com.au/

On Social:

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/theboneclinic

LinkedIn: https://au.linkedin.com/in/belinda-beck-97862561

X / Twitter: https://x.com/BelindaRBeck?s=20 

Resources:

The Bone Coach Free Masterclass for Bone Health Support: https://www.flippingfifty.com/bone-coach-masterclass

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

Whole Body Vibration for Bone Density | Medical Exercise Specialist Report:

https://www.flippingfifty.com/whole-body-vibration/

Are MEN JUST as at Risk for Osteoporosis?:

https://www.flippingfifty.com/risk-for-osteoporosis/

 

09 Jul 2024How to Eat Out Without Blowing It!00:43:17

Registered dietitian Bonni London joins me today to talk about how to eat out without blowing it and how to decide if fasting is something you want and need and if so how.

Let’s talk about your definition of healthy. Is it for weight loss, weight maintenance, or is it to reverse an illness? Stay tuned to know which kind of healthy food can help achieve your goals.

My Guest:

Bonni London is a Sarasota-based registered dietitian since 1999 with a 30-year career dedicated to empowering people to overcome health and weight challenges. Bonni holds a Master's degree in Clinical Nutrition from New York University, has blended her early experience as a personal trainer with her nutrition expertise to develop personalized nutrition plans. Her work has been recognized by the Herald Tribune and shared on platforms like ABC TV 7 and her YouTube channel, "Healthy Rebels."

If you’re listening to the episode today would you comment, how many times a week do you eat out or get take out of some kind?

Questions We Answer in This Episode:

  • What have you completely changed your mind about in the past 3 decades? [00:04:14]
  • What is the biggest obstacle in achieving weight or health goals that no one is speaking about? [00:08:14]
  • What "healthy" foods are keeping us fat and sick? [00:11:04]
  • What is your opinion of fasting? [00:21:48]
  • What nutrition trends should stay and which should go? [00:18:08]

Connect with Bonni London :

On Social:

Other Episodes You Might Like:

Resources:

19 Jul 2024One Thing I Would Change After 40 Years Working with Women in Menopause00:33:50

One Thing I Would Change After 40 Years Working with Women in Menopause

Working with women in menopause for 40 years, even before it dawned on me that’s what I was doing, I know now what I wish I’d have done differently.

I’ve never said this out loud quite like this, though I’ve hinted at it. The name Flipping 50 was taken very literally by 50% of those first hearing about it. I at first had to help some understand that 50 referred to the way we think about the second half, the way we prepare for it and look forward vs dread it. With knowledge that no two people “age anything” actually age the same, and that epigenetics or habits have more impact on aging than do our genetics, we can indeed flip 50 if we choose to. Our mission in delivery is to help women optimize their lives through optimizing the fitness they have before, during and after menopause.

Working with women in menopause, the biggest positive impact doesn’t come with helping the 6000 women a day entering menopause, or the 1.1 billion in menopause by 2025. Maybe for a moment right now. In this episode I look back at all of it and some friends, some clients, some family members… everyone of whose name has been changed.

Questions I Answer in this Episode:

  • Why women don’t want to pay attention [00:03:00]
  • When body composition was first measured [00:24:00]
  • When we first really addressed the importance of sleep [00:28:50]
  • Why we didn’t talk about sex and it could have helped [00:10:20]
  • The effects of alcohol and weight, and bone patterns [00:09:20]
  • What seems to matter most [00:15:40]

Working with Women In Menopause I’ve Learned…

Mindset/attitude/happiness/purpose … an ultra positive effect even when lifestyle habits were mild to moderately present (no excess exercise commitment, just basics)

What I’d Change:

  • Resistance training is a more central part of every woman’s workout from 30 on
  • Resistance training relayed as the most important component of fitness in college
  • Every university student be required to take a basic physical fitness course
  • Monitoring muscle, body fat, strength and VO2 from age 30 on
  • A baseline bone density scan
  • Questions about digestion, elimination asked in intake sessions
  • Increased awareness of skin and gut connection for women (and men)
  • Increased awareness of mental health and diet connection

Challenge you:

Have a conversation with a young woman. Leave out the word “should.” Ask if she wants support.

Resources:

Other Episodes You Might Like:

12 Jan 2024You Want to Balance Blood Sugar for Belly Fat Reduction00:16:39

If you’ve got a belly fat issue you potentially also have a need to balance blood sugar. In this episode I answer a community member question. 

Community Member Question: 

“I am struggling with keeping my blood sugar balanced. I am wearing the CGM and it is showing my blood sugar going below 70 many times during the night and 2-3x during the day. Trying to figure this all out. Balanced meals don’t seem to be doing much to help. Tonight I am having a protein shake with 40 grams of protein and 30 grams of fiber. Hoping this keeps things more steady overnight and I can get some restful sleep. Not asking for medical advice here, just moral support.” 

SHE IS JUST RECOVERING FROM AN ILLNESS. 

While there isn’t necessarily wrong with a 70 or lower at night if you feel fine, crashing during the day definitely raises some questions. Clarified with the individual it was that it down (but not numbers given to what) 2-3 times during the day. 

How to Use a CGM to Balance Blood Sugar

  • Observe first. Change second.
  • Energy, food, activity, stress and sleep all matter. 
  • Did you simply record what is “norm” for you right now? 
  • What is your stable energy all day level? 
  • CGMs may need to be adjusted or recalibrated to you. Don’t let arbitrary numbers dictate what’s true for you. 

On the other hand if you feel the highs and crashes, then we want adjustments. 

Are you monitoring your stress levels and your sequence of food? 

Sequence can change the impact of a meal by 75%. 

Any meal eaten under stress or sleep deprived will spike blood sugar more than it would otherwise. 

Try comparing it to a mixed meal. Dine on real food and compare. You’re mixing in a protein shake and this may not be working. But TESTING is key.

A liquid meal like a smoothie at night may not support your stable levels as much as a solid meal that takes longer to digest. There is an appropriate time to do smoothies but there’s also a time you’re better off doing solid food that takes hours to break down and then acts like a “time-release” drip for more balance blood sugar.

So you’ve tried X.. .how can you have the same food stuff in a different form or order (make ONE change and see if there is a difference. 

Document sleep, stress and exercise status: they are also impacting. Chances are poor sleep is impacting your responses. I would not suggest a shake at dinner if you want better sleep. Give your gut whole food. 

Experiment: In the protein shake you had: 

X protein

X carb
X fat.

What happens if you adjust the protein, fiber, carb or fat? Not all at once, but changing one will change the ratio.

How to Test to Balance Blood Sugar Levels

What happens if you have a PLATE of whole food instead?

Salmon 

Carb in legume soup or bean salad (to bump your fiber) 

Added fiber to reach same. 

Then try again … same meal in different order.. Carbs last.. What happens? 

Testing means you change ONE variable at  a time. Keep in mind week 1 should be recording what is your usual habit. Week 2 and so on should be consciously testing ONE thing at a time.

Other Factors in Monitoring Blood Sugar Balance with CGM

Are you taking High doses of Vitamin C? This can create false reports of blood sugar if you’re using some CGMs. 

Does this feel right? The monitor may not be functioning properly or require some calibration. Did you know we tend to default to having done something wrong! It’s not always us!

Resources: 

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

Answers to Your CGM Questions: For Non-diabetics

https://www.flippingfifty.com/answers-to-your-cgm-questions/

28-Day CGM Experiment: What I Learned This Time

https://www.flippingfifty.com/28-day-cgm-experiment/

Walking Off Weight in Menopause | Controlling Blood Sugar

https://www.flippingfifty.com/walking-off-weight/

21 May 2024Muscle and Body Composition in Menopause with Brad Schoenfeld00:43:38

How can you focus on muscle and body composition in menopause, specifically gaining muscle and losing fat? How many sets,  repetitions, and how much rest should you take? How much can you follow research featuring young athletic men and how should you advocate for yourself when trainers aren’t using science based on women?

We cover this all today with my guest who is a well-respected and prolific researcher and published author in the field of human performance.

Optimizing muscle and body composition in menopause, that is gaining muscle and losing fat is the focus of this episode. A researcher I met personally a decade ago, whose name has become nearly synonymous with any new study on muscle, hypertrophy, and protocols, joins me.

Want Stronger Muscles? Let’s Talk Muscle and Body Composition in Menopause!

Women in midlife are often more susceptible to negative effects of stress. We have a frequent occurrence in our membership of women who are “pushing through” and not actually getting stronger or more fit, because of adrenal insufficiency or a combination of things, we find that less is more, if we can get adequate stimulus during a session and balance that with adequate recovery, we have a better opportunity to improve quality of life for women who need muscle mass and bone density but not at the cost of exhaustion and injury.

My Guest:

BRAD SCHOENFELD

Brad Schoenfeld, PhD, CSCS, CSPS, FNSCA, is a professor of exercise science at Lehman College in the Bronx, New York, where he serves as the graduate director of the Human Performance and Fitness program. He also formerly served as the Sports Nutritionist for the New Jersey Devils hockey organization. Dr. Schoenfeld has published more than 300 peer-reviewed scientific papers on various exercise- and sports nutrition-related topics, and authored the seminal textbook, "Science and Development of Muscle Hypertrophy." He was the recipient of the 2016 Dwight D. Eisenhower Fitness Award, presented by the United States Sports Academy for outstanding achievement in fitness and contributions to the growth and development of sport fitness through outstanding leadership activity, as well as earning the 2018 National Strength and Conditioning Association Young Investigator of the Year Award.

His research interest is to optimize body composition (muscle hypertrophy and fat loss) . In particular, his lab studies the manipulation of resistance training variables and their effects on muscular adaptations.

QUESTIONS we Cover in this Episode:

  • Why this? What originally propelled you into this field of study and ultimately to teach and advise others?
  • What have been the most aha moments for you in conducting the research on muscle ?
  • Define Muscle hypertrophy vs Muscle strength
  • Define and elaborate on “Volume”
  • We mentioned frequency of exercise and the consideration of the volume of recovery
  • Time under tension and tempo training

CONNECT:

Website: https://www.lookgreatnaked.com/about_brad.php

On Social:

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/brad.schoenfeld.cscs

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/bradschoenfeldphd/

Resources:

Hot, Not Bothered Challenge: https://www.flippingfifty.com/hnb-challenge

5 Day Flip: https://www.flippingfifty.com

STRONGER: https://www.flippingfifty.com/getstronger

Other Episodes You Might Like:

07 Jun 2024Muscle Makeover: Why Resistance Training is Essential in Menopause00:28:33

Resistance training is essential in menopause. It is supportive of your hormones. It’s an endocrine organ. It supports blood sugar levels, moods and more! All inside!

Are you navigating menopause noticing unfavorable changes in your body composition? This episode of Flipping 50 is your ticket to understanding why muscle matters now more than ever. Discover how resistance training can transform not just your muscles, but your overall menopausal journey, with expert insights and actionable tips.

I’m sharing a new study on resistance training to combat muscle loss, increase bone density, and improve metabolic health during and after menopause.

The study aimed to identify the most effective resistance training protocols to combat osteoporosis by improving BMD in postmenopausal women. It specifically evaluated the impact of different exercise intensities and frequencies.

Resistance training is essential in menopause for maintaining bone density and metabolic health.

Questions We Answer In This Episode:

  • Why is muscle mass particularly important for women entering menopause? [00:24:04]
  • How does resistance training impact bone health and help prevent osteoporosis? [00:07:24]
  • What are the best resistance training exercises for women over 50? [00:19:24]
  • How often should menopausal women engage in resistance training? [00:15:54]
  • What are some common misconceptions about weight lifting and menopause? [00:08:54]
  • How can resistance training improve hormonal balance during menopause? [00:20:44]

The research concluded that for postmenopausal women, resistance training at moderate intensity, conducted three times a week, offers the best outcomes for increasing BMD. This protocol should be integrated into fitness routines to effectively manage and mitigate the risks of osteoporosis in this population.

Monday and Friday 10 repetitions (80%)

Wednesday 16 repetitions (65%) - unilateral work

Might be an ideal combination to provide stimulus without endocrine disruption (cortisol/adrenals/thyroid)

Objectives

The study aimed to identify the most effective resistance training protocols to combat osteoporosis by improving BMD in postmenopausal women. It specifically evaluated the impact of different exercise intensities and frequencies.

Methods

Studies assessed resistance training's impact on BMD. The studies were categorized by exercise intensity (high, moderate, low) and frequency (high frequency of three days per week and low frequency of two days per week).

Findings

  1. Overall Effectiveness: The meta-analysis found that resistance training is beneficial in increasing BMD in postmenopausal women, particularly at lumbar spine and femoral neck sites.
  2. Intensity and Frequency: Moderate-intensity training (65%–80% 1RM) performed three times a week was most effective in improving BMD. This regimen provided a balance that was intense enough to stimulate bone density improvements without the risks associated with high-intensity training.
  3. Comparison of Protocols: The study revealed that while all resistance training positively impacted BMD, the moderate intensity at a higher frequency provided the most significant benefits.
  4. Statistical Analysis: Data were analyzed using network meta-analysis, which allowed for comparison across multiple interventions. The results suggested that moderate-intensity, high-frequency training was superior to other combinations in improving BMD.

Conclusions

The research concluded that for postmenopausal women, resistance training at moderate intensity, conducted three times a week, offers the best outcomes for increasing BMD. This protocol should be integrated into fitness routines to effectively manage and mitigate the risks of osteoporosis in this population.

Monday and Friday 10 repetitions (80%)

Wednesday 16 repetitions (65%) - unilateral work

Might be an ideal combination to provide stimulus without endocrine disruption (cortisol/adrenals/thyroid)

Reference:

"Comparative efficacy of different resistance training protocols on bone mineral density in postmenopausal women: A systematic review and network meta-analysis" by Z Wang et al. (2023) examines various resistance training regimens and their effectiveness on bone mineral density (BMD) in postmenopausal women.

Resources:

Other Episodes You Might Like:

14 Nov 2023Continuous Glucose Monitor Use by Nondiabetics to Guide Diet and Improve Health00:34:40

Answers to Your CGM Questions: For Nondiabetics 

Got questions about CGM use? We’ve got answers to your CGM questions in this episode. My guest wrote the book and we have a tip-rich discussion about how you can benefit from CGMs and change your life. And if not you, potentially this will be of value for someone you influence. 

My favorite CGM: https://www.flippingfifty.com/myglucose 

My Guest:

Paul Kolodzik, MD is board-certified by both the American Board of Preventive Medicine and the American Board of Emergency Physicians. In a thirty-year emergency room career, he has cared for many patients in crises and has witnessed firsthand the failures of mainstream diets and the medical system overall, which prioritizes medications and surgery over diet and lifestyle changes to prevent and reverse disease. In his metabolic health practice Dr. Kolodzik uses the technology of continuous glucose monitoring (CGM), previously used only by diabetics, to help his patients achieve weight loss and improved health. 

In his recently published book, The Continuous Glucose Monitoring Revolution, Dr. Kolodzik shares how he has helped thousands of patients lose weight, and prevent and reverse metabolic diseases such as hypertension, high cholesterol, prediabetes, GERD, sleep apnea, fatty liver disease and others using CGM. In this book, he presents a comprehensive program for metabolic health success using CGMs.

Dr. Kolodzik graduated from the University of Notre Dame and completed medical school and residency at Wright State University where he served as chief resident. He is a founding member of the Society of Metabolic Health Practitioners.

Questions We Answer in This Episode:  

  • Why should a nondiabetic consider using a CGM to improve health.

  • How do CGMs work? How are they applied? How accurate are they? 

  • How are they used "diagnostically". Is there there other data that can help assess level of insulin resistance?

  • How are CGMS used "therapeutically" to guide diet?

  • What dietary approaches work best with a CGM?

  • What does a comprehensive CGM program look like?

  • Why did you write a book about CGM use for nondiabetics. How is the book useful for first-time CGM users?

Did we cover all the answers to your CGM questions? If not, please reach out. And thank you in advance for sharing our podcast with a friend! 

Connect with Dr. Paul :

Website: https://www.metabolicmds.com/

On Social:

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/metabolicmd/

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/paulkolodzik/

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/metabolicmds/?hl=en

Twitter: https://twitter.com/drkolomd

TikTok: https://www.tiktok.com/@dr.kolo.md?lang=en

Resources: 

Dr. Paul’s Book: https://a.co/d/8O13wje

Debra’s Favorite CGM: https://www.flippingfifty.com/myglucose 

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

Weight Management After 50 and Beyond https://www.flippingfifty.com/weight-management-after-50/

How a Continuous Glucose Monitor Could Help Menopause Weight Loss #514 https://www.flippingfifty.com/glucose-monitor/

Your Diabetes Risk: You’re In Control | Midlife Women

https://www.flippingfifty.com/diabetes-risk/

 

03 Dec 2023Sex Dysfunction in the City Just Like That 00:35:41

Low libido, sex dysfunction, stress, insomnia, body confidence… we unpack a lot in this episode. Two guests today both specializing in women’s health with specific attention to libido and pelvic floor health show up for this podcast and bring it. 

Sex dysfunction is no laughing matter for couples who used to enjoy each other and now are finding it’s not the same. Intimacy is a powerful part of health and also anti-aging as you’ll hear my experts talk about. 

Stay til the end if you want a very juicy Q and A. 

My Guests:

Dr. Diane Mueller is the founder of My Libido Doc, an online community dedicated to helping women reclaim their desire. My Libido Doc provides education, community and health care services for women.

Dr. Betsy A.B. Greenleaf, DO, FACOOG (Distinguished), FACOG, FPMRS, FAAOPM, MBA. Premier women’s health expert bringing pelvic peace, hormone harmony, sexy sizzle and crazy confidence to busy women. Dr. Betsy is a best-selling author, award winning speaker, entrepreneur, inventor, and business leader specializing in female pelvic medicine and reconstructive surgery for over 20 years.

Questions We Answer in This Episode: 

  • What are the root causes of low libido?

  • How is libido related to confidence?

  • Why can menopause can be the best sex of your life?

  • How is libido tied to aging? Is there any direct correlation? 

  • Anal sex….safe? Oral sex… safe? Condoms still the best protection? We’re going to still need them in the nursing home? 

Connect with Dr. Diane Mueller and Dr.Betsy Greenleaf : 

https://www.flippingfifty.com/mylibido

On Social:

Facebook: www.facebook.com/mylibidodoc

Youtube: youtube.com/@mylibidodoc

Podcast: mylibidodoc.com/podcasts

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

Sex and Sports for Women Over 40

https://www.flippingfifty.com/sex-and-sports/

How to Make (Sex and) Exercise More Effective: Pelvic Floor

https://www.flippingfifty.com/pelvic-floor-tips/

You Ask Libido and Hormone Balance Qs: Dr John Gray Answers

https://www.flippingfifty.com/libido-and-hormone-balance/

Resources:

Free Ebook: 5 steps to revive your love life: https://mylibidodoc.com/revive-your-love-life/

24 Oct 2023Midlife Changes with Intermittent Fasting Expert Gin Stephens 00:35:21

Midlife changes - beyond hormones - are the topic of this conversation. My guest is Gin Stephens. She is a change queen. Once a teacher always a teacher she says. But she left teaching as a profession and moved into intermittent fasting. 

Although, this episode is not about the intermittent fasting books or podcasts she hosts as much as it is about how a woman 54 is pivoting on a regular basis and how you can too. 

My Guest: 

Gin Stephens is the author of the NY Times and USA Today bestseller Fast. Feast. Repeat., and Delay, Don’t Deny: Living an Intermittent Fasting Lifestyle, an Amazon #1 best seller in the weight loss category, as well as Clean(ish): Eat (Mostly) Clean, Live (Mainly) Clean, and Unlock Your Body's Natural Ability to Self-Clean (2022), another Amazon #1 bestseller in several categories. Gin has lived the intermittent fasting lifestyle since 2014, losing over 80 pounds. She is the host of 2 top-ranked podcasts: Intermittent Fasting Stories and the Fast. Feast. Repeat. Intermittent Fasting for Life podcast (w/Sheri Bullock). You can join her private community by going to ginstephens.com/community.

Questions We Answer in this Episode:

  • You've rerouted in your life: Careers and moving in midlife, what were those changes like? 

  • Both were big. There's no woman listening who hasn't HAD to make changes. Have you had those FORCED kinds of changes too? 

  • What were they if you can say, and what was the difference between choosing it vs getting forced into it? 

  • Let's talk a little about the actual content of your new podcast ... and the existing. Can you share a bit about each? 

  • What have been some of the biggest surprises or most impactful stories of those who've tried IF and had transformations?

Connect with Gin: 

https://www.ginstephens.com/

On Social: 

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/ginstephens

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

Intermittent Fasting for Women | Health & Wellness | When Yes When No:

https://www.flippingfifty.com/intermittent-fasting-for-women/

The Most Unsuspecting Motivation Source | C60 30-Day Follow Up:

https://www.flippingfifty.com/motivation-source/

How an Intermittent Fasting Lifestyle and Eating Clean Work:

https://www.flippingfifty.com/intermittent-fasting-lifestyle/

Resources: 

Power Plate:https://www.flippingfifty.com/PowerPlate

Use Code: Flipping50

 

27 Aug 2024Natural Solutions to Restorative Sleep in Menopause00:46:07

Natural Solutions to Restorative Sleep in Menopause

Restorative sleep in menopause can be elusive, I think we can all agree on that! Whether perimenopause or post, fluctuating hormones combined with chaos that midlife can be, can kiss sweet dreams goodbye.

But it’s the exact opposite of what you need to most easily make weight loss or muscle gain and focus easy to access again.

My Guest:

Dr. Eric Dorninger is a Registered Naturopathic Doctor and Licensed Acupuncturist, graduated from Bastyr University, after earning a B.A. in Kinesiology from the University of Colorado and completed EMT training in New Jersey.

In 2005, he founded Roots and Branches Integrative Health Care in Boulder, Colorado, focusing on uncovering the root causes of chronic illnesses. He is a certified Shoemaker practitioner, specializing in mold and biotoxin illness. He is dedicated to differential diagnosis and personalized treatment plans, emphasizing the importance of identifying underlying causes of illness.

In addition to his private practice, he teaches functional medicine, practices Jiu-Jitsu, skis, and supports his children's health journey.

He specializes in inflammatory and autoimmune diseases such as:

  • Hashimoto’s
  • Lupus
  • Mold and Biotoxin Illness (CIRS)
  • Autoimmune disease
  • Chronic fatigue
  • Gastrointestinal concerns
  • Mood disorders
  • Cardiovascular disease
  • Rheumatoid arthritis
  • Hormone balance
  • Chronic pain
  • Neurological conditions
  • Food sensitivities/intolerances
  • Complex chronic disease

Questions We Answer in This Episode:

  • Why is sleep harder for some with age or specifically with menopause? [00:39:00]
  • How do we set up for a restorative night of sleep? [00:35:00]
  • As we get older, what is important to ensure healthy sleep? [00:34:50]
  • What is the science behind CBD aiding in both falling asleep and staying asleep through the night? [00:24:30]
  • Tell us about the CBD you recommend and why? [00:27:00]
  • How does healthy sleep impact health overall? [00:10:00]

Connect with Dr Dornigner :

https://www.flippingfifty.com/blueskycbd

Code: FLIPPING for discount on first order

On Social:

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/drericdorninger/ and https://www.instagram.com/blueskycbd/

Other Episodes You Might Like:

Is CBD the Answer? How Women Use CBD to Manage Menopause:

https://www.flippingfifty.com/how-women-use-cbd/

Woman to Woman: How to Get Your Best Sleep in Midlife:

https://www.flippingfifty.com/how-to-get-your-best-sleep/

Sleep Yourself Productive | Better Sleep Well Rested Days:

https://www.flippingfifty.com/sleep-yourself-productive/

Resources:

Glucose Monitor: https://www.flippingfifty.com/myglucose

LOOKEE® Ring: https://www.lookeetech.com/

17 Nov 2023The #1 Reason You’re Not Getting Fitness Results00:41:36

If you’ve experienced this… I want you to to know the #1 reason you’re not getting results from my 40 years experience, and most of all from the most recent comments, DMs and group conversations we have.

Said 100% with respect to us all… but we have failed to commit to any one. While we’re complaining about the abundance of overwhelming and often conflicting information, we fail to realize it’s us who continues to let it in. 

Not saying that we should stop trying to learn or gain knowledge. You know I share summits with you from time to time. I share experts with you right here regularly who challenge your thinking. And I hosted a summit myself - one of the primary goals of that was to clarify for you the information and to probe guests for clarity wherever I sensed there could be confusion for you. 

But if we keep letting ourselves stay stuck collecting data, we’re procrastinating on changing anything. 

You ARE choosing. You’re choosing to stay stuck. You won’t “accidentally” find your best path to health. You’ll need to get a bit organized and choose what to take action on now, what you might take action on later, and what you’re just throwing out because you’ve tried it, tested it and you know it doesn’t work for you.

This episode is to help you get out of your own way. 

You’re Not Getting Fitness Results? Keep Reading

The only way I can do this episode is because I live it too. We can in any area of our lives sit in the middle of the room staring at the piles of things to be organized and picked up, put away, given away … and not know where to start and so never do. That, I believe may be hoarding. 

In 2013 I quit. I quit my job on January 16. I was going to start paying college tuition in August. I had to put my house for sale in November. In tears in early December instead of putting up Christmas decorations I was taking down every picture carefully placed and planned from my walls because the realtor said a new buyer needs to be able to imagine their things on the wall. 

For the entire first year of that new start I didn’t have a clear step-by-step. Very few had done this before, few if any had created an online fitness site exclusively for women in menopause without any technical background or knowledge in hiring someone I could trust who had one. 

It wasn’t until year two, when I got a vision of what steps mattered most, what could wait and be tested later, that I started to be able to pay my own bills again instead of borrowing off of the sale of my home. 

If you aren’t at a “it has to work” place, you may not commit. I was all in. There was no net. If you’ve had cancer, if you’ve had a virus so scary it made you wonder… then you know. You commit. You do everything and focus on just the important things and other things fall off the radar. 

You may need to do this for yourself. Take this podcast as your wake-up call. Trust me… you don’t want to be pawning jewelry, or selling homes, asking relatives for a loan… or having to choose chemo or not… but we often do wait for a diagnosis. Decide right now if you will or you won’t. 

If you think it’s inconvenient to eat differently than others in your house, if you think it’s just too hard not to have a drink or 3 every night, and you’re committed to that way of thinking, this may not be your episode. I may not be your girl. 

A stale, overused and very appropriate on-point term: choose your hard. 

The Number #1 Reason You’re Not Getting Fitness Results… 

You are not committing to one thing consistently for long enough to test it and only it.

It’s not all your fault. You hear high protein is necessary to build muscle for successful active aging. 

You learn that the quality of essential amino acids in animal protein is higher per calorie than that of plant protein. 

You hear that fasting is good for longevity due to autophagy. 

Yet, you’ve heard the term low energy availability and identify with the concept of slowing down your metabolism because by eating less you will cause the body to breakdown muscle (especially while exercising more) and signal the body to burn less energy. 

Often the #1 reason you're not getting fitness results is because you’re not trying one thing at a time and committing to it.

The problem? Isn’t really an abundance of information. It’s feeling a sense of urgency that really isn’t there. Yes, it’s important you make progress this YEAR, but it doesn’t have to today. You can choose. Test it. And you can choose again. 

The Reason you’re not getting fitness results: 

You are honing in on ONE thing that you hear, not necessarily the most important thing, and doing it at the omission of some important details. 

For instance, all the experts whether they favor plant-based protein earlier in life

Agree that at 60 or 65 high quality animal protein is a must for muscle synthesis to avoid sarcopenia resulting in frailty and falls.

Experts who were not long ago suggesting fasted exercise who now are more in tune with maintaining and gaining lean muscle mass and bone density are all about fed exercise. 

Yet, they do observe and recommend fasting. But what length? Should you do a 24 hour fast? Should you do 20 ? Even 18? How about we try 12-14 regularly first and stop snacking between meals and instead actually have meals. 

Stop skipping, skimping or eating a “protein bar” pretending it is full of antioxidants, vitamins and minerals the way a plate of food or even a smoothie will all the goodness of greens and healthy fats and light fruits and fiber. 

What to Do When You’re Not Getting Results

If you’re stuck between animal or plant protein… How much muscle do you have? Compare that to last year and the year before that. Don’t have those measures? Get them started now. Because if you’re nearly 60 like me, you’re knocking on the door of muscle losses that accelerate to 1-2% a year unless we’re doing the right things to avoid it.

If you don’t know for sure what the right things are, write down your choices. Because you sure DO know what is confusing and conflicting. Let’s just agree that we have to stop complaining about being confused. We have to start taking responsibility for the information, for making choices, taking action and then being okay with making a new choice if it doesn’t work.

But no one is going to get “data” from an experiment of starting one thing and then not really doing it.

The worst possible answer to a question, “How did it go with the magnesium this week?” or “What happened when you introduced dairy this week?” is… well it worked okay when I remembered or I had it a couple times but didn’t notice anything. 

These are NOT following the process for adding magnesium or re-introducing dairy, respectively. 

When a client says, “I don’t feel any better this week and I haven’t lost weight” and then in reflection, 50% of the time she committed to what we agreed on and the rest of the time didn’t, we can’t expect to get results.

What we have is data: 

  • That it isn’t urgent or important enough to matter

  • She isn’t committed to the changes she agreed to

Take Action If You’re Not Getting Fitness Results

What I suggest is that you choose:

  • Choose ONE thing to take action on. 

  • Plot your plan ALL the way through. 

  • Choose the next thing you might choose after you see this one through.

  • Before you start anything MEASURE: Weight. Body fat %, and girth measurements. Record your subjective ratings of sleep, energy, libido, brain clarity, digestion. 

Take 3-4 weeks at least to commit. Spend a little time deciding how you might have to tweak this experiment. Will you need to start smaller than your original goal? Will you be able to begin right away? 

July 4 started walking 30 minutes a day. I might also strength training or do interval training. But I was walking before 8am every day. Some days I had to do it later because I missed it earlier. But I kept that promise. Some days I hiked and it was a longer walk. 

A couple days it was chilly and rainy and I did indoor “walking.” Other days still I have had a hard time getting in a solid 30 but got 10 minutes in three times. But I stuck with it. What happened after 90 days? I’m hooked as I have been 3 other times in my life, body composition improved. Tone and definition and mood improved. 

You can always move on. Choose the next. But do it.. Documenting. Do what you said you’d do consistently. Make sequential changes or tweaks if required. (With introduction of magnesium or with Betaine HCL, for instance). Don’t just throw it out completely. Is it timing? Have you tried shorter instead of longer, tried it in the morning instead of at night?  

No idea? Get a coach. Have an assessment. I can help you derive a plan if you’re committed to changing once you’ve got one. Got this? 

Please let us know if this was valuable! AND share it! If it’s been helpful for you it will be for another woman too. 

Resources: 

Ultimate Assessment https://www.flippingfifty.com/store/coaching-programs/private-coaching-90-min/

Coming up! Blissmas (12 days of light exercise for holiday strategies without the stress) https://www.flippingfifty.com/blissmas 

Flipping 50’s Annual Holiday 2023 Gift Guide https://www.flippingfifty.com/goodgiftsguide

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

How to Love Your Midlife Body More | Stop Self-Sabotage https://www.flippingfifty.com/midlife-body/

How to Stop Self Sabotage, Stay Motivated, and Get Results: Episode 2 https://www.flippingfifty.com/how-to-stop-self-sabotage-stay-motivated-and-get-results-episode-2/

Why It’s So Hard to Change Health Habits (and What to Do)  https://www.flippingfifty.com/change-health-habits/

21 Nov 2023What Is BioHacking? | Women’s Health 00:44:08

Before I go further you should know, I’ve despised the word “hacking” for a long time. For me it seemed like code for shortcut, cheat, and quick fix. And a decade ago I think that was true. But I know better and the biohacking we’re talking about here is very different. It’s not cheating the system but rather getting a bonus. If you lift weights and can’t lift heavy, the use of a whole body vibration tool may give you a bonus benefit of bone density you can’t get otherwise. If you can lift heavy, I for one am using it for the icing on the cake it can be. 

Biohacking is a term used to describe various tips and tricks for enhancing the body’s ability to function at peak performance—and maybe even extend one’s lifespan. But it’s not just aging, it’s health. How to trick your body into, or back into its natural state of optimal health. You were born with it. 

 

It’s science-based and it’s individual. 

Though if you read this line from Peter Attia’s book, you might think bio-hacking is psuedoscience at best: 

This is not “biohacking,” it’s science: a well-founded strategic and tactical approach to extending lifespan while also improving our physical, cognitive, and emotional health.

Dave Asprey’s description in an article in Men’s Health: 

“...the use of science, biology, and self-experimentation to take control of and upgrade your body, your mind and your life…”

What Qualifies as Biohacking [You Might Already be Doing]

While certain modalities of biohacking may seem extreme, forms like meditation and intermittent fasting are fairly commonplace and time tested, with extensive research supporting their use. What’s new, however, is the movement behind this overall quest for better biological function no matter how old (or young you are). 

Not an all-inclusive list but things like: 

…are making their way into more homes for regular use. Are these methods of bio-hacking or simply application of new science allowing us to see what used to be invisible? I think we have to concede that in most if not many cases biohacking is science… and much like menopause fitness, there’s only so much of it out there. We’re forced to combine exercise physiology + menopause physiology where there are gaps and clear results a woman doesn’t feel good or muscle and bone losses are occurring in spite of following guidelines and position statements, for upgraded exercise prescriptions 

[exactly why Flipping50 was born 10 years ago and exists today]. 

Many, maybe you listener, doubt the accuracy of trackers. Isn’t it interesting? When we don’t stop using them despite learning that seed oils and processed foods contribute to poor health but continue to buy and eat them, not only not questioning the science, but ignoring it… 

We humans are complicated at best. 

We question if we should use PowerPlate or if a Smart Scale tells us the correct body composition, failing to see that benefits still outweigh accuracy. 

Asking, What is BioHacking Only Skims the Surface! 

There is biohacking of different types. 

  • Lifestyle - nutrition, exercise, meditation 

  • Biology Shifts - Supplements

  • Biologics - non-medical IV therapies and medical Stem Cell injections

  • Technology - CGMs, wearable tracking devices for HRV

What is Age-Related Biohacking?

Age-related biohacking examples include:

  • Red light therapy

  • Stem cell therapy

  • Cryotherapy

  • The consumption of anti-aging and mitochondrial support supplements like those containing coenzyme Q10, polyphenols, L-carnitine and Urolithin A 

What is Sleep Biohacking?

  • Sleep trackers 

  • Blue light blocking

  • Magnesium 

  • Melatonin

  • Meditation 

For support with sleep, grab my Sleep Yourself Skinny eguide. 

What is Nutrition Biohacking?

  • Intermittent fasting

  • Pre and Probiotics 

  • Understanding and avoiding inflammatory foods 

If you’re not familiar with an elimination diet that helps you personally test foods, learn more here. 

What is Physical Health Biohacking ?

A recent study in the Journal of Science and Medicine in Sport found participating in a single high-intensity interval training (HIIT) workout can also boost brain neuroplasticity (the brain’s ability to rewire or modify its neural connections) within 20 minutes of the session. So it’s not just physical or fat burning, it’s your brain benefitting. There’s also as I’ve shared a feeling of mastery and accomplishment that many women report about HIIT. 

Other ways to support Physical biohacking: 

  • Cold plunging practices and the use of ice baths (my newest hack)

  • The use of heat therapy and saunas

  • The use of smartwatches and other training feedback tools

  • Whole body vibration therapy

  • Pulsed Electromagnetic Fields (PEMFs) therapy

  • Red light therapy (for healing and recovery)

  • The consumption of athletic supplements like creatine and amino acids

  • The consumption of electrolytes and energy drinks

What is Brain Biohacking?

  • Meditation 

  • Regular exercise

  • Brain games 

  • Supplements like omega 3s

References: 

https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/31759829/

https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC9518606/

https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/26180741/

Resources: 

My CGM: https://www.flippingfifty.com/myglucose

My Sauna: https://www.flippingfifty.com/sauna

My Whole Body Vibration: Use Flipping50 for 20% off https://www.flippingfifty.com/powerplate 

My Urolithin A: https://www.flippingfifty.com/mitopure

My Amino Acids: https://www.flippingfifty.com/resources/

My Mediation: https://www.flippingfifty.com/ jdmeditation 

My Coffee: save 10% with Flipping50   https://www.flippingfifty.com/givedanger

My Tru Energy Skin Care System: https://www.flippingfifty.com/truenergy

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

Whole Body Vibration for Bone Density 

https://www.flippingfifty.com/whole-body-vibration/

Electrolytes for Hydration: Beyond Water, Heat, and Exercise

https://www.flippingfifty.com/electrolytes-for-hydration/

12 Reasons to Use Infrared Sauna | Why I Love Mine

https://www.flippingfifty.com/reasons-to-use-infrared-sauna/

Books I love from 2023 and for 2024: 11/24/23 release date!

26 Dec 2023Sleep Yourself Productive | Better Sleep Well Rested Days00:33:55

You’re a pillow talk away from better sleep well rested days. 

If you’re listening you care about better sleep well rested days. Whether you’re struggling with it, or grateful you don’t sleep is king and queen of recovery and all things functioning well. But this episode goes far beyond our usual layer of sleep. If this is a topic you know and don’t love… this is for you.

Be sure you visit show notes today where you can get a link to a 10% off the specific pillow designed to support your neck in ways we address today.

As a student of health, fitness, sleep and hormonal health this episode was an eye-opener. Got lower back issues, balance issues, IBS… and there’s more.. It could be the tech neck you’ve got going on. Sinus problems? Maybe it’s time to tune in. 

My Guest:  

Dr. Peter Martone is an educator and patient care practitioner who has been focused on improving patient’s biomechanics for over 23 years during his private practice as a chiropractor. Dr. Martone always believed that the structure of your spine affects the function of the central nervous system, and this principle is the cornerstone of his practice. Dr. Martone’s core belief is that the central nervous system controls every function in the human body and in order to be able to express true health you have to keep your nervous system healthy. When your spine falls out of alignment due to poor spinal mechanics, it interferes with the proper function of the nervous system thus throwing the body out of balance. Peter’s mission is to help as many people as possible achieve optimal health function and performance so they can reach their full potential in life.

During his 23 years of practice, Dr. Martone found it harder and harder to keep his patients aligned due to the stress of the modern-day lifestyle on their posture. His patients were coming in with the same problems which inspired him to come up with an innovative solution to help correct patients’ spines while they sleep. He worked with designers and engineers to create the Neck Nest, his newest product that helps correct patients’ spines while they sleep.

Dr. Martone’s revolutionary concepts are designed to help restore proper biomechanics of the spine by adopting a neutral sleeping position, helping you sleep better, live longer and be healthier. His techniques have been featured on CBS, NBC, Fox News, Dave Asprey’s Upgraded Conference, and over 50 podcasts as he travels the world teaching people how to regain their health by mastering the art of sleeping.

Questions We Answer in This Episode:

  • Is there a best sleeping position? 
  • How does sleeping position affect your spinal structure?
  • What 3 laws of adaptation are at play while you sleep?
  • How does the body adapt to support vs distraction while you sleep and how does it affect your structure?
  • How are midlife women potentially impacted by sleep?
  • How can someone evaluate if their hormonal system is affected by their sleep position?
  • What 3 systems are specifically affected by forward head syndrome?

Connect with Dr. Peter:

On Social:

Website: https://www.Drsleepright.com

On Social:

Facebook:  https://www.facebook.com/DoctorSleepRight

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/drsleepright/

Resources: 

10% off a neck nest (“no code” necessary):

https://www.flippingfifty.com/necknest

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

Better Mattress, Better Sleep in Menopause?

https://www.flippingfifty.com/better-sleep-in-menopause/

How to Sleep Through Menopause Without Medication

https://www.flippingfifty.com/sleep-through-menopause/

Functional Feet for Your Second Half with a Strong Foundation

https://www.flippingfifty.com/functional-feet/

11 Jun 2024 Defining Histamine Intolerance and Mast Cell Activation Syndrome 00:39:53
06 Sep 2024Fit or Fat? Training and Measuring Fitness in Menopause00:36:13

Measuring fitness in menopause is complicated. I’m going to take a stab at this and let you know that if you’re not measuring beyond your weight, body composition, inches, and muscle mass at regularly scheduled intervals, you’re doing a disservice.

We get all up in the business of burning calories (wrong goal), having it “feel hard” (sometimes the wrong goal), and forget to measure strength (did you see Olympians test grip strength??? Impressive!) and how well your training is actually helping your HEART.

Let’s go there.

Yes, you want to gain lean muscle. It immediately improves your body composition and takes stress from your heart and joints. It also boosts your metabolism, energy, and blood sugar balance, decreasing insulin resistance and your metabolic health improves.

But your heart fitness IS important.

Mistakes in Measuring Fitness in Menopause and Beyond.

You don’t want or need to know your pace or that you did a mile while you’re doing it. Why? It gives you a false impression of “good” “bad” and means zero. When you’re going uphill, you’re going to go slower. When you’re doing an interval workout you also won’t go as fast as when you’re simply walking a steady state (because to do an interval right you should be recovering completely and that means going slower than your steady pace).

Only if you personally are doing the exact same trail or route you’ve done and you’re trying to go as fast as you can, would that be important.

Not knowing what your heart rate being higher or lower than normal exertion heart rates mean you may interpret it incorrectly as “good” or “bad.”

Measuring Fitness in Menopause During Heart Rate Zone Training

Unless you’ve been tested … on the treadmill or bike by an experienced trainer who can monitor your stages and interpret results… the zones shown are based on “average.”

For adults over 40, age-related predictions underestimate where you should be. You’re then going to get a red flag when potentially you shouldn’t.

On an interval day, you’re not “working too hard” simply because your breathlessness exceeds some arbitrary heart rate not based on you. If it doesn’t feel like a fit, get tested. (more below)

But on a recovery day, you absolutely could be working too hard even if you “feel fine.”

All signs should be assessed, not just one.

How do I know this?

Less from 40 years of exercise physiology education (and 25 as an educator/master trainer of other trainers)…

And more from time training as a triathlete.

From day 1 that I decided I wanted to be (I was 20 working at a health club in the south my summers in college) to the point I actually did begin training (I thank 4-0 for making me take action), I was working with a science-geek coach who daylighted/moonlighted as an engineer at a university and a USAT coach to some pros as well as age-group weirdos like me who went to the country club pool… to swim laps, got up at 3am at USAG (golf) events with my son to run miles in the dark before his tee-time. You get the idea.

Had I not experienced the ability to test both in clinical settings (I did years of VO2 max testing on students every semester after having done it myself in undergrad and grad school) and more accessible predicted and associative zone testing that can be done using Heart Rate monitors and treadmill protocols to arrive at personal zones, I would have severely UNDER or OVER trained. My post here is to help you avoid doing that. And avoid what you THINK is ideal based on the “peer pressure” from social media that may be less supportive than it is distractive.

Measuring Fitness in Menopause (what we think)

  • Always working as hard as possible when exercising
  • Completely relying on “feels like” for recovery status between sessions
  • Getting heart rate high in a long endurance workout
  • The more intervals the better
  • Doing weightlifting and cardio intervals alternately
  • It feels hard
  • It makes me lose weight

Measuring Fitness in Menopause and beyond (What is Really Good)

  • Knowing how hard to push for 4 mins vs 30 seconds
  • Knowing how to do a recovery day and keep heart rate low
  • Not allowing heart rate to creep up during a recovery workout
  • Using high intensity intervals on specific days
  • Reaching muscle fatigue with a muscle-specific workout (followed by 48 hrs min recovery)
  • Reaching breathlessness in interval training when you’re fresh for optimal speed, resistance or power (depending on the mode)
  • Understanding bike, rowing, and swim heart rates will differ from on your feet but breathlessness doesn’t lie

The bottom line is this…

A good fitness program improves:

  • strength
  • absolute skeletal muscle
  • body composition (decreases body fat)
  • energy levels throughout the day
  • speed
  • heart rate response at the same effort level (lower heart rate at same effort over time)
  • heart rate recovery rate after exercise

So, if you aren’t TESTING, before you start and periodically, let’s get that started right now, shall we?

[in our member’s area there is a self-test protocol that we’ll help you interpret if you share results]

Doing a more comprehensive test (like the one using stages of speed and or incline or both) to record heart rate response is the way to determine heart rate zones.

The following options won’t do that. But they will give you a way to gather information on how you’re doing now, compared to averages or not.

A Few Facts on Measuring Fitness in Menopause:

Heart rate on a bike will be about 10 beats lower than corresponding “work” on your feet (treadmill). So, if you test on a bike, you need to know “bike heart rates” vs “treadmill heart rates.”

Want to Test So You Can Measure Fitness in Menopause and Beyond ?

VO2 testing is uncomfortable. The last time I did it was December 2018. You don’t have to go to a university, but chances are if they have an exercise physiology lab or an extensive athletic program, you can test there. Other fitness and health pros also offer this, most often on a bike. But if that feels like too much or too expensive, you can establish a way to learn if your fitness is working.

If you have no access to protocol [our member’s area or an experienced coach who can do this] start here:

Keep it simple.

  1. What is your resting heart rate? First thing in the morning. (average of 3 days)

  2. What is your heart rate before this test?

  3. Do a mile walk test. (For a more elaborate test that was originally published in 1987, see the Rockport Walking Test, see the resource below). Do it on a flat course that you can repeat exactly. Even though we all have the ability now to do a mile and know, it needs to be repeatable. Same start, same course. A track would be ideal. A treadmill is not.

    When it’s a test you should be pushing it to find out what your fastest walk pace is. Without your feet leaving the ground (this is running), what is your mile walk time?

  4. What’s your final heart rate?

  5. Then how soon does your heart rate come back to the rate you were pre-test? Record that time.

Measuring Fitness in Menopause

Whether you do this simple test or you use the ROCKPORT test you begin to understand all of the components that measure true fitness. Skinny is not fit. Fat is not unfit. There are health complications with each for both now and later.

What you want, no matter your weight, is strong, and getting so will improve your heart too.

Now you have data at least to measure whether your fitness is improving.

And yes, there is a way to compare yourself to others, however, right now that’s not the point. The point is YOU. Is you now fitter than you last year? Is you in six months – let’s make a date to do this again by putting it on your calendar – more fit than now?

Look, life happens. A virus may happen, as I write, we just saw that again globally at the Olympics. Your smooth sailing life will have babies and funerals and interruptions. But from time to time check in and consider how it’s going for you.

And how refreshing to actually stop looking at weight and fat for just a second and look at your heart.

References:

https://www.verywellfit.com/rockport-fitness-walking-test-calculator-3952696

Kim K, Lee HY, Lee DY, Nam CW. Changes in cardiopulmonary function in normal adults after the Rockport 1 mile walking test: a preliminary study. J Phys Ther Sci. 2015;27(8):2559-61. doi:10.1589/jpts.27.2559

Note: the Rockport test suggests you can use a treadmill. I prefer the outdoors. The treadmill is doing a degree of the work for you moving that belt. However, if it’s the only safe option, do the pre and post test in the same way. Try not to hold on (this should be true always! And definitely don’t hold on and lean back!)

Other Episodes You Might Like:

Resources:

02 Aug 202423 Lab Tests in Menopause and What They Tell You00:52:00

In this episode I’m sharing my recent lab test, 23 lab tests in menopause, to be exact. I’ll share why so many, how often, what I’ll learn from them. If you’re at a loss for what to order or really, what you need and want a doctor to run this will help.

Connecting the dots is not always easy! Though I ran almost all of these as a part of writing You Still Got It, Girl! Almost a decade ago, by ordering self-directed labs and doing the research to interpret them and take actions to either follow up with a physician or to consider dietary, exercise, and natural solutions that would improve results, I recommend you utilize a physician who’s willing to and not threatened by your desire to learn more about the what, why and when for these tests.

You know how you feel and what’s right for you. Hopefully you’re not settling for less than feeling great. Signs that you’re not doing okay, in spite of your efforts include unexplained weight gain, inability to lose it, feeling lethargic/tired either on a regular basis or after exercise. Add to that insomnia, dizziness, brain fog, gut issues, and so many more.

Having a basic understanding of the tests, that often are not ordered by Western trained docs, and why you want them, may help you be a detective and an advocate for your own health.

Recent Lab Tests in Menopause

Fasting Glucose

Fasting levels above 125 are indicative of diabetes. Those 100-125 indicate prediabetes. Knowing this is helpful for monitoring your habits.

A continuous blood glucose monitor can be a fantastic tool for you. https://www.flippingfifty.com/myglucose

Fasting Insulin

Metabolism issues or weight loss resistance are good reasons to check fasting insulin (beyond just fasting glucose). Insulin resistance can promote additional weight gain.

A1C

This number can indicate how well controlled sugar levels have been over the past 3 months and also can indicate a prediabetic or diabetic condition.

Serum Ferritin

Reliable indicator of body’s iron stores. Low or very high ferritin may have a condition that results in fatigue.

Vitamin D 25-Hydroxy

This is important for energy and gaining muscle, particularly fast twitch muscle, as well as energy. Falling into “norms” is under optimal levels so this one can be important for women in midlife and beyond to know.

Uric acid

Optimal levels may support antioxidant activity but too high can be linked to oxidative stress.

Vitamin A

Concentrations of uric acid and vitamin A are closely associated. This test may be used to indicate a reason why uric acid levels are high.

CRP

A major marker of inflammation. Risk of disease increases significantly with high CRP.

A Fasting Lipid Panel

Looking at cholesterol, LDL, HDL and the total/HDL ratio can tell you what’s happening in your body. It might be genetic, lifestyle or also occurring during menopause as the body generates more cholesterol to attempt to produce hormones.

Free Testosterone

This is the testosterone immediately available. Can support weight loss and improve memory and strength.

Testosterone

Elevated testosterone can lead to hair growth, acne, moodiness. But too low can lead to difficulty gaining muscle and bone density.

DHEA-S

Your precursor to the sex hormones and also an indicator of adrenal function.

Variety of Lab Tests in Menopause

Estradiol

Check for optimal levels for some women, confirming they’re in menopause and for others like me doing hormone replacement, that hormone levels are optimized.

Estrone

The estrogen product after menopause.

Progesterone

Can lower post menopause and make sleep and relaxing harder.

Thyroid Hormone Tests

TSH

Released by your brain to signal your thyroid gland. It can be used to monitor dosing of your thyroid medication or as a screening test for the presence of thyroid disease.

Free T4

The thyroid makes predominately T4. Free T4 is what your body uses to make the active thyroid hormone called free T3. These are advanced biomarker tests, not routinely done, but very helpful to determine if the thyroid can be affecting how you feel.

Free T3

Symptoms (constipation, weight gain, tiredness, low libido) of low thyroid may be missed (passed off as normal or something else) unless the active thyroid hormone (free T3) is measured. High levels may indicate hyperthyroidism. Symptoms of hyperthyroidism include fatigue, anxiety, sudden weight loss, rapid heartbeat, irritability, more frequent bowel movements, difficulty sleeping, sweating and tremors. Free T3 is an advanced screening biomarker that helps screen routinely missed thyroid issues.

TPA (Thyroid Peroxidase Antibodies)

Thyroid disease has become very common and we can often pick up inflammation in the thyroid years before the thyroid fails. This is important because natural interventions may help reverse the inflammation of the thyroid gland.

TA (Thyroglobulin Antibodies)

This test can be positive in people with inflammation of the thyroid gland, and it can be seen years before complete thyroid failure – giving you time to take action!

Reverse T 3

Reverse T3 is the storage form of the active thyroid hormone. Many conditions can cause you to store thyroid instead of use it as active free T3. If your reverse T3 is high then you may need to address the reasons why.

Broader Selection of Lab Tests in Menopause

**FSH (**Follicle-stimulating hormone)

Levels of this hormone indicate phases of hormones including puberty, reproduction and menopause. Levels rise significantly after menopause. ****This test can be helpful for someone who isn’t sure what’s happening or wants to confirm levels are dropping.

**SHBG **(**Sex Hormone Binding Globulin)

SHBG is used to keep excessive free estrogen out of the blood stream, looking at these levels can help identify if hormone control health habits can improve your overall health. Sex hormone binding globulin is a protein mainly produced by the liver, and studies show that diets high in simple sugars cause the liver to produce less SHBG. Low levels of SHBG are seen in obesity, prediabetes, insulin resistance and type 2 diabetes.

Other Tests

Total Cortisol

Early morning cortisol screen for adrenal gland function.

4 Sample Saliva Test

Measures throughout the day to get a more accurate picture of your stress hormone pattern.

ACTH Stimulation Test

Administered by a physician to test response

Omega 3 and 3/6 Index

For muscle and joint aches and pains, and brain health, knowing your omega 3 and 6 index can help you improve overall health and decrease inflammation.

Food Sensitivity Testing

Depending on which level of comprehensive test you do, you can test for 90 common food sensitivities (or more) and learn what is low, moderate, and highly sensitive for you. Avoiding moderate and higher food sensitivities for 3 months while also taking extra care of your gut can help reduce symptoms of gas, bloating, or other digestive issues stemming from leaky gut situation. Adding probiotics, glutamine, oregano oil and foods known to support gut bacteria can all help improve the gut before attempting to reintroduce.

GI-Map

For gut issues that aren’t resolved with dietary changes, scores will tell you your gut bacteria levels and which may be out of balance so you can choose very specific probiotics to help rebalance, as you avoid foods that show moderate and high on your sensitivity results.

Other Episodes You Might Like:

When Exercise & Diet Aren’t Working: Which Lab Tests Should I Get?:

https://www.flippingfifty.com/which-lab-tests/

Adrenal Fatigue Talk with the Hip Hop Energy Doc, Tricia Pingel:

https://www.flippingfifty.com/adrenal-fatigue-talk/

Is a Food Sensitivity Getting in the Way of Your Fitness After 50?

https://www.flippingfifty.com/is-a-food-sensitivity-getting-in-the-way-of-your-fitness-after-50/

Resources:

**Link to Ultimate Assessment: https://www.flippingfifty.com/store**

https://www.flippingfifty.com/store/coaching-programs/private-coaching-90-min/

10 May 2024Figuring Out Calories You Need in Menopause00:48:02

Calories you need in menopause are key as your body experiences these natural changes.

Exercise nutrition in menopause is more important than ever. The intuitive response to a desire to lose menopause weight or belly fat is to eat less and or do sit ups and tons of cardo. All bad ideas. Make the calories you need in menopause, your guide to wellness.

First, let me tell you that I’m not an advocate of telling anyone how many calories they need or of tracking. I don’t measure food. I don’t use points. At Flipping 50 we focus on a simple formula and it starts with whole foods, protein, and servings instead of calories, points or exchanges.

That said, it’s sometimes necessary to really take a closer look at exercise nutrition in menopause. But I want to emphasize a few things before we begin.

Calorie counting isn't the best method if:

  • You want to change your body composition (tracking macros is a better approach for body recomposition).
  • You have a history of disordered eating and feel the urge to drastically cut calories to an unhealthy level.
  • You're not actually sure how many calories you need to eat.

If you go searching blindly online, you’ll find a lot of different answers. For example:

Take your weight x 15 for a moderately active individual to maintain, as suggested at harvard.edu. There was no distinction between males and females.

For my 200 lb client that’s 3000. You’ll see as we continue that’s different from other numbers.

Any calorie estimator should take into account two things. Your BMR, which is your basal or resting metabolic rate, and your activity level.

So when you figure out your BMR you have an idea that if you drop below that number you’re going to risk interfering with bodily function. That’s number is just to keep you alive and functioning.

For my client that’s 1380.

Where to Start with How Many Calories You Need in Menopause

Before you count calories, we first need to determine how many we need to eat. But we also need to consider what your past has been.

So on paper, or on the internet, it’s so easy peasy. Then welcome to life.

My client weighs 200 lbs. She doesn’t want to weigh 200 lbs. She’s very active. Weight training and HIIT, some endurance exercise - not much, and a lot of activity like pickleball and golf for 3+ hours several times a week. On a “day off” exercise, she’s still very active.

Calculations on calculator.net will tell her this:

2381 to maintain

2131 mild weight loss

1881 weight loss 1lb /week

1381 extreme weight loss 2 lbs/ week

This is based on her being extremely active, although not the highest level of activity.

From the Mayo Clinic calculator, I got 2100 as the average calorie needs daily. That is congruent with the numbers from calculator.net.

Here’s the problem: reality.

Her usual caloric intake has been 1500 - 1881 for a very long time. She isn’t kicking up her metabolism with meals or with activity. Essentially by eating that little consistently for so long (while not losing) and exercising significantly, she’s likely slowed her metabolism.

She’s putting one foot on the accelerator (exercise) and one foot on the brake (low calorie diet) constantly.

She can’t lose weight because she’s not eating enough.

What’s the Answer to Better Exercise Nutrition in Menopause or Beyond?

Cycling her higher and lower calories for her active and rest days will help.

Most importantly though is looking at the content of her meals.

If she’s not getting enough protein, shown in studies with peri and post menopausal women both, to be a key indicator of fat loss, she’ll lose a significant amount of lean muscle when she loses weight. That reduces her metabolism further.

The opposite of the desired effect.

Protein recommendations also vary significantly. But the work of Dr Donald Layman, Blake Rasmussen and Douglas Paddon-Jones, have shown that distributing protein in a minimum of 25-30 grams per meal and reaching your total protein intake daily helps avoid muscle loss.

The work shared by Dr. Bill Campbell tells us that increasing protein without changing calories at all, spurs fat loss.

Dr. Gabrielle Lyon has shared a simple way of estimating protein need - steeped in science - that is 1 gram of protein per lb of body weight as a goal. For weight loss (without muscle loss), that number increases while your total caloric intake decreases.

Intermittent fasting can be helpful, for some, twofold. One, it reduces the eating window, almost automatically reducing caloric intake. Even if you have the license to eat, if you have increased protein intake wisely to reduce muscle loss, and you’re eating fibrous foods, your satiety level will prevent you from eating too much.

That said, cycling your intermittent fasting windows is also helpful. Any time you adopt a strict schedule or a strict calorie count, or carb count, you risk the body adapting and slowing metabolism to compensate. That’s the opposite desired effect.

You have to fuel exercise. Exercise is a muscle breakdown activity. The rebuild occurs between sessions - if you allow enough time, and enough fuel to do so.

You can play with the calculator.net site. It calls this cycling a zig-zag schedule. But it’s the same … I’d have my client boost calories sometimes for one week during a build muscle focus. The next week we’d have a moderate caloric deficit and workouts that are shorter and less demanding.

Or we have higher caloric days and lower calorie days (as well as carb levels higher and lower) while protein remains high consistently.

Beyond the Calories You Need in Menopause: More or Less Fat?

Wonder about how much fat? Studies shared- again via Bill Campbell, PhD - say it matters very little and is just your preference. You can experiment. Genetically, I’m predisposed to do better with slightly higher carbs. You may be otherwise and you don’t need to do a DNA test to find out. Most of us know by now. When balancing the calories you need in menopause, remember flexibility is key; you can adjust fats and carbs while maintaining essential protein levels for a vibrant health balance.

If you want to lose weight and aren’t - but are thinking low carb works for you - you could be wrong! Be open to testing for yourself.

But the beauty of the science is that as long as protein increases within a set calorie intake, the fat or carbs can go up or down. You have room to enjoy the birthday cake or a favorite seasonal meal that might be higher in carbs, and you haven’t blown it! You’d simply reduce the amount of fat you consumed that day.

Resources:

Calorie Calculator: https://www.calculator.net/calorie-calculator.html

See How You Eat: https://seehowyoueat.com/

MacroFirst: https://www.macrosfirst.com/

Mayo Clinic: https://www.mayoclinic.org/healthy-lifestyle/weight-loss/in-depth/calorie-calculator/itt-20402304

FDA FoodCentral database: https://fdc.nal.usda.gov/

Other Episodes You Might Like:

Why Calories Burned from Exercise Don’t Get You Fit: https://www.flippingfifty.com/calories-burned-from-exercise/

Muscle Protein Synthesis In Menopause: How to Plan Pre and Post WOrkout:

https://www.flippingfifty.com/muscle-protein-synthesis-in-menopause/

28 May 2024Your Glucose Levels in Menopause with the Glucose Goddess00:45:34

Your glucose levels in menopause could be responsible for your mood swings, brain fog, hot flashes, and if you’re lucky enough not to have those, but haven’t escaped the weight or belly fat gain, then stay tuned.

Your Glucose Levels in Menopause with the Glucose Goddess

On this episode I talk with the Glucose Goddess herself about exactly what you can do. Spoiler alert, you have something on your kitchen or pantry shelf right now that could reduce your blood sugar levels right now.

Significantly.

My Guest:

Jessie Inchauspé is a French biochemist and New York Times bestselling author. She is on a mission to translate cutting-edge science into easy tips to help people improve their physical and mental health. In her books Glucose Revolution and The Glucose Goddess Method, which sold over 1 million copies worldwide in 40 languages, she shares her startling discovery about the essential role of blood sugar in every aspect of our lives, and the surprising hacks to optimize it. Jessie is the founder of the popular Instagram account @GlucoseGoddess, where she teaches over 3 million people about transformative food habits. She holds a BSc in mathematics from King’s College, London, and an MSc in biochemistry from Georgetown University.

Questions We Answer in This Episode:

  • When did you realize blood sugar was going to be your focus?
  • What’s the importance of glucose levels, or blood sugar, for our listeners?
  • For women in midlife who become more sensitive to carbohydrates and less insulin sensitive with hormonal changes, what does that mean?
  • Can you tie inflammation to glucose, since it is “unseen” and hard to sometimes grasp the impact of inflammation?
  • Since doing the research for your book, in what ways have your own habits changed?
  • What are 3 things you really want this book to do?
  • What are some bad recommendations that you hear regarding blood sugar levels?
  • [You’ve made it so simple] Why do you think we find it so hard to change even when we learn what to do?
  • What is your method for studying science? What is considered a “good study” – something that makes it to the book, or to your flourishing Instagram channel?
  • We know that beyond food other things impact our blood sugar, have you studied certain stressors or exercise in combination with food?
  • Can you share any studies regarding sweet taste, even if it isn’t sugar, and the effects of blood sugar? [Say use of stevia, or a piece of sugar-free gum]
  • What are three things a listener could do today as she goes about her routine that wouldn’t turn their world upside down, but could have a significant impact on improving blood sugar [and inflammation]?

Connect with Jessie Inchauspé:

Website: https://www.glucosegoddess.com,%20https://www.antispike.com

On Social:

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/glucosegoddesss/

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/glucosegoddess/

YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@GlucoseRevolution

Tiktok: https://www.tiktok.com/@glucosegoddess_

Other Episodes You Might Like:

Resources:

Dietary supplement: www.antispike.com

Recipe Club: https://www.glucosegoddess.com/recipe-club

07 Nov 2023Wellness Professional Profile: Wellness Matchmaker 00:34:51

It’s Match-dot-com for wellness! My guest today is making it easy for women over 40 to find the right coach. And she’s also midlife herself so this episode is so meta in terms of examples of creatively following your passion, finding a problem and solving it! 

Women in business are to be applauded! And women in wellness, well don’t we all need not MORE, but better choices. We need programs based on science, science featuring women just like you. 

If you happen to be listening as a health or wellness professional, there’s a special episode on She Means Fitness Business that releases one day after this one.

If you have ever struggled to find the right coach, (or trainer) then this is for you! 

My Guest: 

In Jill Beck’s eyes, Health and wellness for people over 40 is in dire need of transformation. Let’s be honest, the industry has struggled to address the lack of fitness and wellness options for anyone who’s NOT a fit 25-40 year old (white) guy.

Once Jill left Wall Street 20+ years ago, she started to get serious about her health and fitness. Over that journey, she saw firsthand how few resources and options existed for people over 40. Now she’s on a mission to ensure that no one else has to go through that experience by themselves!

Combining her experience with tech & finance with her passion for wellness, fitness and overall health, Go Long is currently her third business venture and the one she’s most excited about. 

The major throughline in all her businesses has been wanting to help people become their best selves, however they define that.

Questions we answer in this episode: 

  • What is a wellness matchmaker?
  • How can a wellness matchmaker help a listener?
  • What makes you qualified to have these conversations?
  • What is Go Long's approach?
  • How do you help your clients define success from the typical "I want to lose weight"?
  • How does it work? How does someone get started with you, and what’s the timeline? 
  • What have been the biggest challenges for you in pivoting your career in midlife? 
  • You know someone who wants to find the right coach. Thank you in advance for sharing this episode with them. 

Connect with Jill: 

Website: https://golong.me

On Social:

Instagram: https://instagram.com/justgolong

Threads: https://threads.net/justgolong

Resources: 

5 Day Flip: https://www.flippingfifty.com/5dayflip

How Do You Choose the Best Exercise Program for You?

https://www.flippingfifty.com/choose-best-exercise-program/

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

Do You Need a Coach, Trainer, or Consultant? How to Choose a Fitness Pro

https://www.flippingfifty.com/need-a-coach/

Behind the Scenes Menopause Fitness Coaching Session

https://www.flippingfifty.com/menopause-fitness-coaching/

If You Were My Coaching Client, Here’s What I’d Ask… | Ask the Health Coach

https://www.flippingfifty.com/my-coaching-client/

03 Sep 2024Running Long in Midlife and Beyond One 50-mile Run for a 50th Birthday00:47:44

50 miles for 50th bday?

Running long in midlife isn’t the first thing (or second) I recommend to women. But what happens when your peak estrogen levels were at least a decade ago? What if you’ve got a crazy goal, want to go for it, and you know how to interpret reactions and respond accordingly?

Come on this unique trail as I interview a friend and colleague around her idea of a fun birthday party that not all of us will appreciate the same way.

My Guest:

Margaret Floyd Barry is a functional nutritionist, author, speaker, educator and advocate of optimal health through nutrition of adult life. Seeing family members suffer the effects of chronic illness from a young age, Margaret helps others find a better way back to optimal health and wellbeing.

Margaret worked on complex cases of autoimmune, including her own. She established a powerful system for restoring health by addressing the root cause of illness. Margaret teaches fellow practitioners the proven system with life-changing results through Restorative Wellness Solutions, which has trained and certified over 1200 qualified health practitioners worldwide. She is the author of Eat Naked: Unprocessed, Unpolluted and Undressed Eating for a Healthier, Sexier You and The Naked Foods Cookbook.

Questions We Answer in This Episode:

  • What inspires a woman to run 50 miles for her 50th birthday? [00:05:30]
  • How long have you been running? [00:09:00]
  • Where are you in the menopause timeline? How much has that changed your training and recovery? [00:21:20]
  • How do you train for a 50 mile run differently than your previous marathons? What was the result? [00:21:20]
  • What were the key dietary strategies you used? What are the results? Were they different in the past? [00:26:50]
  • How did you manage autoimmune disease and training at this level, without triggering an all out autoimmune flare? [00:32:20]
  • How did recovery play into things? [00:26:10]
  • Would you do it again? Does longer appeal to you? [00:40:20]
  • Did training take a toll on energy for work or relationships? [00:24:40]

Connect with Margaret:

On Social:

Other Episodes You Might Like:

15 Dec 202321 Ways to Optimize Your WORKOUT After 40, 50, 60 or 7000:30:22

Get ready to optimize your workout after 40. This list of tips comes from a simple round up of tips shared often on social media and that surprise me that we don’t all know this. Yet.. why should you? You haven’t eaten and slept this for 40 years! You haven’t spent every week keeping up with new science, researching the latest peer-reviewed journals and monitoring large groups of women putting to the test of N what science has already proven. 

No more than I have monitored how much water a ficus tree needs and how to hire a trustworthy landscape company (which by the way, I’ve failed miserably this past year). No more than I have the slightest idea what to do when my garage light is flashing).

So… Here's a little roundup from me to you.

Optimize Your Workout After 40, 50, 60 or 70

  1. Start prioritizing strength training. 

  2. Stop doing “cardio.” 

  3. Stop thinking you have to workout every day. 

  4. Pay more attention to your energy level, your appetite, your sleep than you do to a number on a scale at first, and maybe later. 

  5. Throw out any dumb scale you’re still using to weigh and invest in a Smart Scale. 

  6. Weigh yourself no more than once a week same time and same status and make sure you’re measuring and doing some means of physical fitness testing 

  7. Warm up smarter. 

  8. Cool down smarter. 

  9. Recover smarter: let your body deal with inflammation from your workout for several hours before you interfere with it by introducing cold plunge, infrared sauna, omega 3 fats or a lot of antioxidants (unless you’re “in training”) 

  10. Train don’t “exercise” especially for you if you’re already tired, limited on time  & energy and need to make sure you’re getting quality training AND quality rest 

  11. Plan Intense Early, Light Late. 

  12. Fuel before training. 

  13. Fuel after training. 

  14. Eat a regular dose of protein at at least 3 meals a day hitting 30 gram minimum (this isn’t a maximum: it’s a start)

  15. When tired, appetite is a mess, you’re overly sore or achy, dig into why… not enough recovery, poorly fueled, inflammatory diet? Don’t automatically blame exercise. But do cut back until you figure it out.

  16. Make use of biohacking: infrared sauna, cold plunge, electrolytes, intermittent fasting - which can all speed recovery and improve inflammation meaning your exercise can be harder without feeling harder.

  17. Stop doing random exercise. 

  18. Never continue to go  hard all the time. Every week should have easy and hard days. Every month should have easy and hard weeks. Some entire quarters may be light (when say, you’re “in season”) 

  19. Stop thinking you’re burning calories and going to lose weight because of it. You’re trying to optimize hormone balance or you’ll never lose fat weight and keep it off. 

  20. Find joy in 90% of the exercise you do or how you do it. (Yes you may need to do some part you don’t love in order to keep actively doing the rest).

  21. Don’t compare yourself right now to anyone… including younger you. You could be BETTER. 

Need to Optimize Your Workout After 40?  

Two options specifically designed to combine the needs of your midlife hormones, your skeletal system, muscular system, history of activity, experience level and give you results you love now and those you’ll thank yourself for later: 

STRONGER Tone & Define: a perfect start, restart or reset (I’m an 8x Ironman athlete, a 42 year old strength trainer who gains muscle easily and I use this regularly during any given year) 

The Flipping 50 membership: the perfect way to say yes not just to everything included in that one 12 week program, but get the next 3 12-week programs for the year plus exclusive masterclasses that others pay for, monthly challenges when you want to tune up the core or need to tend to your pelvic floor, and mini courses that give you exactly the information you need to focus on the goals you have right now. Join before rates increase in January to lock in these subscription rates. 

P.S. If you’re listening and have found value in the podcast please share it with 2 or 3 friends or sisters! I would be so grateful. We need to get on the right track and put an end to the idea that midlife and older women should exercise the same as men, or mice or younger women.

While at the same time we put an end to the idea women should gain weight with age and will naturally or should have a healthy percent body fat that is higher. Really? At a time when disease is more prevalent ? That’s crazy but intelligent women often think it’s true. 

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

20 Reasons Strength Training Should Be Mandatory for Everyone Over 29

https://www.flippingfifty.com/strength-training/

How Long Should Strength Training Sessions for Menopause Be? | ASK the EXPERT Q and A

https://www.flippingfifty.com/strength-training-sessions-for-menopause/

TOTAL Body or SPLIT ROUTINE Strength Training in Menopause | #453

https://www.flippingfifty.com/total-body-or-split-routine-453/

Resources: 

STRONGER Tone & Define: https://www.flippingfifty.com/getstronger

Flipping 50 Membership: https://www.flippingfifty.com/cafe

27 Oct 2023Midlife and Swinging For the Fence00:29:52

 

Are you swinging for the fence, or just bunting? Midlife AND… an autoimmune diagnosis that might have made someone else fold their tent and go home. But not today’s guest. In fact, she turned it around and leveraged it instead. 

 

You may say it fuels what she does. 

 

It’s easy to think you’re on the downhill slide.You’re enjoying an easier life, an empty nest, a little more disposable income. But are you really passionate about your daily life? Are you looking forward to things on your calendar both near and far off? Do you have goals that make you both a little nervous and excited? 

 

For the past 20 years of my 40 year career I’ve been serving as a coach for many of my clients in addition to supporting the wellness and fitness goals they have. I was 18 years into my career juggling exercise psychology with physiology but there was often more. We humans can sometimes put up obstacles to getting the things we say we want, as a way of self-preservation. We protect ourselves from the risk of change. And there we stay stuck unless someone like a coach calls BS for you. 

I think you’ll agree today’s guest shares and lives much of this is her everyday actions. 

My Guest:  

Christine Conti believes in the “YES. YOU CAN” mindset. Christine is an international fitness educator chronic disease wellness specialist, and the recipient of the IDEA World 2023 Fitness Professional of the Year. She is the CEO of CONTI: a woman-owned enterprise that offers keynote speaking, chronic disease wellness, mindset coaching and continuing education for fitness professionals, schools and private companies. Christine is also a best-selling author, podcast host, co-founder of REINVENTING THE WOMAN INTERNATIONAL, a 3x IRONMAN and a guide for Special Olympic athletes. After receiving a life-changing diagnosis at age thirty, this former investment banker and English teacher is determined to show the world that ANYTHING IS POSSIBLE!

Questions We Answer in This Episode: 

  • You’re a woman in midlife, you’ve had some health obstacles but leveraged them and turned them into assets, and you’re doing some “big reach” things, talk about that!

  • Why do you believe most people are unable to face their fears?

  • What are some words or advice that you live by?

  • How do you juggle "all the things?"

Reflect: Are you swinging for the fence or playing it safe? 

Connect with Christine:

Website: https://www.contifit.com/

Book: https://www.contifit.com/shop

Podcast: https://www.twofitcrazies.com/

Reinventing the Woman International Group: https://www.RTWtribe.com

On Social:

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/ContiFit/

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/christine-conti-b0668710b/

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/christine_m_conti/

Resources:

STRONGER 12-week strength training: https://www.flippingfifty.com/getstronger

Other Episodes You Might Like:

You Can Lose Fat and Add Muscle in Your 60s: She Did!: https://www.flippingfifty.com/lose-fat-and-add-muscle/

Female Entrepreneur Suzelle Snowden of Fit Bodies, Inc. Teaching Vacations: https://www.flippingfifty.com/female-entrepreneur/

29 Dec 2023 Flipping 50 Top 10 Podcasts of 202300:19:54

In this, one of my favorite podcasts of the year, you’ll find all the top 10 podcasts of 2023 as voted by you and downloads. Whether you’re listening from the show notes pages at Flippingfifty.com, on iTunes, iHeartRadio, Spotify or any of 80 other platforms where this 10 year old podcast appears twice weekly, I am grateful for you. 

My hope in starting this, which is my second podcast, in case you didn’t know. The She Means Fitness Business podcast (previously named Voice for Fitness Professionals, and Fitness Marketing Mastery) was the first podcast I began in 2012. So yes, I’ve been doing this for a minute.

It’s a lot of episodes, a lot of interviews and a lot of tips considering I’ve done 30 day sprints in 2020 even with a daily episode for the business podcast, weekly I provide two episodes a week each, and occasionally a bonus episode. 

I’m a teacher and my goal is to use that sense of answering questions before you know to ask them in episodes where I’m diving into a topic based on a listener’s question or I’m interviewing someone like Dr. David Rosensweet, Gin Stephens, or hosting a group of over 60 bodybuilders. 

I can’t wait to spend more time with you in 2024. If you love the podcast you also may be interested in the recordings from the 7-day summit I hosted in May 2023. The What, When & Why to Exercise for Women 40+ recording bundle comes with other perks and downloads plus 39 expert recordings on topics directly related to success with exercise over 40. 

#10 Episode of the Top Podcasts of 2023 
Which Hormones Matter Most in Meno(pause)

In this episode I breakdown the hormones that impact your exercise needs, need-not-tos, and discuss some surprising ways to improve exercise benefits that target changes you want in menopause. 

https://www.flippingfifty.com/which-hormones/

8/27/23

#9  Build Bone After Osteoporosis 

Released during October, this episode quickly jumped to a record downloads. We care about bones. We’re confused about exercise and how to get it. This by the way is another reason to grab the What, When & Why to Exercise bundle for discussions with bone health experts like Belinda Beck and Kevin Ellis, as well as gut health expert Vincent Pedre. 

https://www.flippingfifty.com/build-bone-after-osteoporosis/

10/17

#8 Midlife Changes with Intermittent Fasting Expert Gin Stephens

We’re enamored or confused by the application of intermittent fasting in our everyday lives together with exercise. This episode shares Gin’s personal journey of weight loss via intermittent fasting to bestselling author and host of multiple podcasts on the topic of intermittent fasting. 

https://flippingfifty.com/midlife-changes/

10/24

#7 A Hormone Therapy Roadmap: What, When & Why

In all the interviews I’ve done with guests on both shows combined, this is hands down my favorite. The value bombs Dr Rosensweet dropped were unlike any with another hormone expert (and there have been many). For an understanding of hormones, of the what, when and why and dissection of it for YOU and your needs, this episode is a keeper. 

If I could override your votes this would be my top personal favorite. 

https://www.flippingfifty.com/hormone-therapy-roadmap/

11/03

#6 21 Walking Tips | Menopause Q and A Video

This I must say is also a favorite of mine! And I was thrilled to have this, and the one preceding it be so popular. We walk. We want to know how it matters or reinforce the walking we do. This one fielded 21 questions from our community about walking. 

https://www.flippingfifty.com/walking-tips-2/

8/18/23

#5 Top Podcast Episode of 2023 
BodyBuilding for Women Over 50 (and 60, or 70) or Life Building

We love to be inspired. This episode is evidence from both sides that women support women more in midlife than ever. The guests in this group wanted to share everything about their own journey. The response from our community and from the video (found on my YouTube channel) thanking the women and 100% positive says a lot about how we want to believe if they can, I can too. (and pssst… you can)

https://www.flippingfifty.com/body-building-over-50/

3/7/23

#4 Top Podcast Episode of 2023 
Your Best 2023 | A Free Workshop for Women

I released this episode that is far more like a workshop Jan 1, 2023. It’s still applicable. It’s multiple hundred dollar value workshop I’ve given live to corporations, women’s groups, and coaching client audiences for 22 years. I gave it to you free. And you loved it. 

https://www.flippingfifty.com/best-2023/

1/1/23 

#3 Top Podcast Episode of 2023 
Weight Management After 50 and Beyond

Weight gain in menopause is often a challenge to figure out. Even doctors are not immune though may have tools to figure it out faster. This episode discusses the mechanisms, the default steps we take and how they may backfire so what to do instead. 

https://www.flippingfifty.com/weight-management-after-50/

3/10/23

#2 Top Podcast Episode of 2023 
Easy Fat Loss for Women Over 50

You’re seeing a theme here already. Fat loss and weight are top of mind for women in midlife. The uncontrollable weight coming on with no notice or reason is a source of frustration for many women in midlife. Even if it’s not weight, body composition or belly fat shift. 

https://www.flippingfifty.com/easy-fat-loss/

2/14/23

#1 Top Podcast Episode of 2023 
Midlife Weight Loss: Burn Body Fat, Balance Your Hormones

This top podcast episode of 2023 says a lot about what our number one concern is. My friend, my hope is for 2024 we put this one to bed along with the sometimes ignored facts that drive weight loss resistance. Exercising in the way we’ve always exercised and eating in the way we’ve always eaten will result in less muscle, more fat, and potentially greater imbalance of hormones causing it all. 

Spend time with me live. Take $200 off your 2024 retreat attendance by being a listener here or receive a $100 credit to the website for referring any friend to this podcast who joins the retreat using the coupon code: PODCAST    This will expire 5 days after this podcast release. Don’t miss the opportunity to spend time with me… both in an immediate consult to discuss your training, the training plan leading to it, the retreat itself and the follow up group check in. 

Phoenix, Colorado, and Grand Canyon Retreats are all happening and we’d love to have you join! 

https://www.flippingfifty.com/midlife-weight-loss/

1/10/23

Resources: 

08 Dec 2023Workout Changes I’ve Made at 59 | Women Over 4000:32:18

I’m right there with you. Continuing to do the same thing and expect different results would be crazy. Continuing to do the same thing with a body that isn’t the same as a decade or two ago is insane! 

So here’s what I’m doing, to help you identify where you may want to shift too! 

The Basic Workout Changes I’ve Made at 59

Prioritizing strength time vs cardio

The difference between the WAY I prioritize strength. I’ve known since I began training for marathons even and more so since I began doing triathlon at 40, that strength was key to success in the event and successfully avoiding injury. 

What’s different now is that it is the first place I put my energy. It’s not an extra for complimenting the activity or for supplementing it. My activity is built around optimizing:

  • The readiness for the workouts 

  • The recovery for the workouts 

Readiness: 

I’m not going to go for a 3 or more hour hike the day before a key weight workout. 

I definitely didn’t do a strength workout for 3 days following the Grand Canyon Rim-to-River-to-Rim hike. 

There is always fuel (protein) in my system and sometimes there’s also a little caffeine right before a workout to optimize fat during the workout. 

Recovery: 

I am consciously taking more rest between hard workouts. Hard being there are multiple sets of low rep ranges and the purpose is true muscle fatigue. It causes more microtearing, more stress to joints. So there’s no guilt over waiting at least 72 hours, and if I miss a workout then, if I’m otherwise active, I accept that this delay is warranted and positive, not negative. 

More Age-Related Post Menopause Workout Changes I’ve Made at 59

Workout I and II are not exactly the same 

  1. Weight load 

  2. Sequence of exercise 

  3. Type of workout in tune with recovery status 

Taking Creatine Monohydrate Near My Workout 

I will take it either before or after a workout, depending on the day. My workload might dictate a workout has to happen a little later, meaning I’ve got to have had a good solid meal before so it will happen in a robust smoothie bowl 2 hours before. If I’m able to pull away from some tasks and workout with just a bit of fuel prior to exercise.

Then I will have a post workout smoothie bowl after a workout about an hour. That bowl is loaded with a little fruit, healthy fat, high in protein (40+ grams) and the creatine goes in that. 

Creatine questions? 

Avoid Halting the Body’s Inflammatory Response 

I don’t overdo inflammatory foods or activity directly after workouts. 

During the pandemic so much of the discussion of health experts was about the immune-boosting effects of .. well, everything. Interestingly, it seems that a huge consumption of antioxidant-rich berries or omega 3 fats too soon post exercise blunts your body’s own immune system from response to the inflammation caused by exercise. 

You don’t want to prevent some of these good changes from occurring. They will increase your resilience and immunity and ability to self-regulate. So if you’re doing sauna or ice baths, or ingesting omega 3 supplements, you might wait on some of those until later in the day. 

Ability-Related Workout Changes I’ve Made at 59

Eliminated the high rep low weight workouts

There are fewer workouts with 15-20 or 25 repetitions. While they show up (say in this YouTube video for plateaus with arm definition progress https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YMowolNJb1w)

And for work that might support sport performance or gait improvement, those high reps are often reserved for a single set (drop set or monster set) or for recovery week to reduce stress over all yet provide neural patterning. 

I often do 5-8 repetitions during the first 3 weeks of a cycle and recovery happens on week 4. Most Strength & Conditioning Coaches observe periodization carefully for programming. It’s how they, and the athletes or clients they serve stay injury-free while at peak performance. The majority of us don’t have a sport in season/off season. Then again you do: more golf or walking in summer months, more indoor training in winter. Possibly more skiing or snowshoeing or for you maybe just a greater focus on strength training, new skills or activities. 

Changing It Up

Having to do a workout with someone else and follow their program, their sequence, their thinking can be a real challenge for someone used to being in control. It is often we who need it most! 

Have you seen those guys who seem to have been members at your gym forever, they’re always there, yet their bodies never change, and they don’t actually look all that good? 

I don’t want to be one of those! So whether it’s writing myself a new program or swapping ideas with another fitness pro, (like recently with Helen Fritsch or Natalie Jill who both live nearby) to get out of the routine, is a good idea. 

Workout Changes I’ve Made at 59 Recap: 

  • Make it #1 in my schedule 
  • Certainty I’m recovered or I change the workout
  • Enhancing recovery 
  • Ditched high reps for no purpose 

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

What to know about CREATINE Supplementation Over 50

https://www.flippingfifty.com/creatine-supplementation/ 

20 Reasons Strength Training Should Be Mandatory for Everyone Over 29 https://www.flippingfifty.com/strength-training/

Resources:

Stronger: Tone & Define:  https://www.flippingfifty.com/get-stronger-2023/

The Flipping 50 Cafe:  https://www.flippingfifty.com/cafe/

FREE EXERCISE PLANNING over 40: 

https://www.flippingfifty.com/exercise-planning

 

19 Mar 2024Restore Hormones to Factory Settings? More Science for bHRT00:39:29

Restore before more is the number one tenant of Flipping 50. In this episode we visit the concept that you restore hormones using bHRT. 

Whether you are or you aren’t. I’d say most women I know in 2024, are open to and already having conversations around hormone replacement. 

In our 10th year at Flipping 50, we’ve been discussing pros and cons and what happens with body composition, bone density, muscle mass and brain health during menopause. We touch on the anecdotal evidence we have from thousands of participants, and fewer but more intimate, private clients who use or choose not to use bHRT and the results they get. 

In this episode we introduce a new guest to the show who’s book “Restore” takes look at the benefits of bHRT. Whether you are, aren’t or your on the fence about ability to restore hormones and the effects on short and long term health, I think you’ll like this episode. 

My Guest:

Dr. Gregory J Brannon is a surgeon, public figure, and founder of the leading Bioidentical Hormone Replacement Therapy (BHRT) practice Optimal Bio where he oversees seven offices across North Carolina, South Carolina and Virginia. In addition to his current role of Physician and Medical Director at Optimal Bio, Brannon uses over 30 years of medical experience to educate others on taking ownership of their health. Dr. Brannon is the author of the 2020 published book, The Hormone Handbook: Optimizing Your Health Through Bioidentical Hormones, and will publish a second book in Spring 2024 titled “Restore.”

Prior to spending 30 years as a successful private practice OBGYN in Cary, NC, Dr. Brannon completed his medical residency at University of Southern California Women’s Hospital, Los Angeles, and then served as assistant professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology at University of North Carolina School of Medicine, with work at Wake Area Health Education Center.

Brannon’s OB/GYN experience sparked his interest in hormones and how they work within the body. Impressed and inspired by his experience with BHRT, Brannon opened Optimal Bio in Cary, NC in 2012. Optimal Bio is a BHRT practice dedicated to bringing people’s bodies back to the optimal levels they were initially designed to maintain.

Questions We Answer in This Episode:

  • What’s the longest documented use to date of bHRT?
  • What is some of the best research – documentation of the effects of bHRT on women who’ve taken them for decades vs have not on bone, muscle, brain health?
  • Tell us about the research cited in your upcoming book “Restore” as they relate to women a BHRT seeking to restore her hormones.

Connect with Greg:

Resources: 

Upcoming book “Restore” which will be released on March 12, 2024. “Restore” is already available for preorder on Amazon, Target, Walmart and wherever books are sold. “Restore” in ebook form will be available via Kindle as of mid-January 2024.

Additional Books:

Nobody Wants You Healthy – Mark Richards 

Estrogen Matters – Avrum BlumingCarol Tavris

Obesity Code – Dr. Jason Fung

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

A Hormone Therapy Roadmap: What, When & Why

https://www.flippingfifty.com/hormone-therapy-roadmap/

What Women Need to Know about Hormone Replacement Therapy

https://www.flippingfifty.com/what-to-know-about-hrt/

Your Hormones and Heart Health

https://www.flippingfifty.com/hormones-and-heart-health/

02 Apr 2024How Toxins are Disrupting your Sex, Stress and Thyroid Hormones00:35:05

Toxins, like unwelcome party guests, invade our systems, disrupting crucial sex, stress, and thyroid hormones.

This reminds us of the damaging effects of toxins and the preventive steps we may utilize to lessen the impact of toxins that could disrupt the hormones in our bodies.

It all boils down to equipping ourselves with facts and simple solutions to support our body's natural detoxification processes and improve our sex, stress, thyroid hormones, and overall well-being.

My Guest:

Dr. Wendy Myers is a Naturopathic doctor and founder of Myersdetox.com. She is an anti-aging, heavy metal detox, and bioenergetics expert and the #1 bestselling author of Limitless Energy: How to Detox Toxic Metals to End Exhaustion and Chronic Fatigue. Wendy is also the host of a top-rated podcast, the Myers Detox Podcast, about protecting your health with detoxification. She will provide insights on how toxins affect your sex, stress, and thyroid hormones.

Questions We Answer in This Episode:

  • What’s your background? Why did you get into the health field? [00:03:50]
  • Why do you think so many people have low hormone production today? [00:13:47]
  • What metals reduce adrenal sex hormones like estrogen and testosterone? [00:15:33]
  • What metals interfere with and reduce thyroid hormones? [00:17:18]
  • How can you best assess your toxicity levels? [00:19:04]
  • Can you give us some simple detox tips for the listeners to begin increasing their energy today? [00:20:32]
  • Where can listeners download your free Detox Checklist with your favorite detox tips? [00:27:38]
  • What is your favorite and most effective detox protocol? [00:28:47]
  • Where can the listeners find you and learn more about your work? [00:31:00]

Connect with Wendy Myers:

Website: https://myersdetox.com/

Watch the docuseries: http://www.theheavymovie.com

On Social:

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MyersDetox/

YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@WendyMyers

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/MyersDetox/

TikTok: https://www.tiktok.com/@myersdetox

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/wendymyersdetox

Twitter: https://twitter.com/MyersDetox

Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/MyersDetox/

Resources:

Stronger: https://www.flippingfifty.com/getstronger

Energy Bits (Chlorophyll): https://www.flippingfifty.com/energybits

Detox Carbon 60: https://www.flippingfifty.com/c60

My Infrared Sauna: https://www.flippingfifty.com/sauna

HTMA: https://remede.com.au/comprehensive-testing/functional-pathology/hair-tissue-mineral-analysis-htma/

Other Episodes You Might Like:

Restore Hormones to Factory Settings? More Science for bHRT

https://www.flippingfifty.com/restore-hormones/

Sexual Wellness AMA with Women’s Sexual Health Expert Lyndsey Harper

https://www.flippingfifty.com/sexual-health-expert/

Mothers and Daughters Hormones and Health Literacy

https://www.flippingfifty.com/hormones-and-health-literacy/

26 Jan 2024Unlocking the Secrets to Skin Longevity | A Solution for Crepey Skin 00:46:23

You lift the weights, drop the collagen in your coffee and hydrate like it’s your job but still with the toned muscles see loose skin. A female scientist may have the answer for crepey skin. 

In 2018 I received hundreds of applications for the Flipping50TV show https://www.flippingfifty.com/flipping-50-tv/. Popular questions made it to the show. The 18th episode (of the 39 done in 3 seasons) was literally about crepey skin. In the letter it was from a woman who’d experienced significant weight loss, yet her loose skin was an issue. She’s not alone. Even without weight loss, at some moment post menopause when that estrogen needle bonks, almost all women notice a difference. 

But some seem to have it figured out. Not all women 60 or 65 or 70 have the same skin. So what’s the difference? Lifestyle habits matter. And for secret weapons, this episode shares a relatively new discovery.

Tackling the Solution for Crepey Skin

In this engaging podcast episode, Dr. Alessandra, the Co-Founder and Chief Scientific Officer of OneSkin, dives deep into the world of skin longevity.

A Flipping 50 TV Episode Offers a Solution for Crepey Skin:

 

My Guest:  

Dr. Alessandra is the Co-Founder and Chief Scientific Officer of OneSkin, a disruptive and fast-growing skin longevity company developing products to address the root causes of aging so that skin functions, feels, and appears younger.

The company was founded by a team of 4 female PhD-level longevity scientists with 15+ years of experience in stem cell biology, skin regeneration, aging, and bioinformatics. They started building a skin aging platform to validate products in the market. After they discovered that many anti-aging skincare products are not only ineffective but often accelerate the aging process and compromise skin’s health, they set a screening platform to identify new molecules that could target the root causes of skin aging. 

Dr. Alessandra led the team that identified the OS-01, the world’s first cosmetic peptide that reverses aging at the molecular level, showed significant improvement in skin health and appearance in 100% of users, according to a third party clinical study.

OneSkin has gained recognition from key opinion leaders in longevity science, including foremost authority on biohacking Dave Asprey, world-renowned aging research doctor David Sinclair, and Tony Robbins. They have also been featured in many leading media outlets like CNN, Forbes, LA Weekly, and US Insider.

Dr. Alessandra holds a Master’s degree in stem cell biology and a PhD in skin regeneration and tissue engineering from the Federal University of Minas Gerais in Brazil. She led the OneSkin team that discovered a new molecule, OS-01, capable of reducing the skin’s biological age. 

Dr. Alessandra is also the co-inventor of five patents and has published 20 peer-reviewed papers in scientific journals.

Questions We Answer in This Episode:

  • What are the greatest contributors to skin aging – and do they differ from aging in general?
  • You also discovered that certain products on the market targeting women actually accelerate aging – the very ones we’re putting on our skin to help .. every woman listening wants to know if she has something on her bathroom counter that accelerates the aging process! 
  • The skin aging science behind OneSkin product results such as improving skin barrier, evenness, elasticity, reducing wrinkles, and ultimately, the skin biological age.
  • What prompted you to move from academia (college, Master’s, PhD, and post-doc) to running a disruptive startup?  that aims to be the first to deliver true skin rejuvenation. How did the discovery or development of OS-01 happen?
  • How old are you and how have you personally used the products? Did you first begin to experiment with your own skin? How do you use the products? 

Resources: 

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

Your Hormones and Skin in Midlife | Interview with TheSpaDr https://www.flippingfifty.com/hormones-and-skin/

Acne in Menopause? How to Deal with It | Interview with a Skin Expert  https://www.flippingfifty.com/acne-in-aging-and-menopause/

09 Aug 2024Truths and Myths: Lifting Heavy in Menopause for Bones & Body Comp00:37:35

Have you ever wondered if it’s possible to begin lifting heavy weights during midlife, perimenopause, or menopause? Let’s talk about how lifting can be very beneficial to your bones, connective tissues, and everyday life.

For beginners, you have to start slowly and surely, lifting until we feel that sweet spot. And for those lifting for some time now, let’s discuss the safe progression of lifting weights.

Notable notes in lifting during midlife:

  1. Don’t rush going heavy. Let your connective tissues adapt.
  2. Understand your muscle fatigue and know when to stop.
  3. Listen to your body when to increase weights, increase reps and/or increase power.
  4. Do no harm to yourself. Do not underestimate recovery. For older women or those with injuries, keep in mind the 72 hours of rest in between workouts.
  5. Explore light activities during the recovery period like yoga.
  6. Consider cortisol tests to check on your body.
  7. Strength training beginning phase and progression is different per body.

Join me in this episode for the in-depth details on how you lift heavy, create a routine and how to progress your workout during midlife, perimenopause and menopause.

Let’s redefine what it means to age.

Coming up next week… wearing a weighted vest with osteoporosis?

Questions we answer in this episode:

  • Are women in midlife supposed to be lifting HEAVY weights? [00:03:30]
  • How to safely start lifting weights? [00:02:50]
  • When should I start progressing my strength training? Is it better to lift heavier weights or increase more reps? [00:08:20]
  • How often should I lift weights? [00:28:30]

Other Episodes You Might Like:

What They Don’t Teach Women About Strength Training and should:

https://www.flippingfifty.com/teach-women-about-strength-training/**Importance of Strength Training for the Midlife Woman:https://www.flippingfifty.com/strength-training-for-the-midlife-woman/**Strength Training Enough for Bones, Not Adrenal Fatigue:https://www.flippingfifty.com/strength-training-enough/

21 Jan 2024Whole Body Vibration for Longevity in Women 40+00:51:40

For the ultimate tips on longevity in women 40 and over we’re diving into whole body vibration in this episode with a spokesperson and brand ambassador for Power Plate. 

Did you know whole body vibration was first used by astronauts to essentially add protection of bones when in space? Did you know the brand I use, Power Plate, has been available for 20 years? 

My Guest:  

Caroline Pearce, a former international heptathlete and bobsledder for Great Britain, seamlessly transitioned into a successful career as a TV presenter, reporter, commentator, and event host. Holding a First Class Honors Degree in Sports Science and a Master’s Degree in Nutrition and Exercise Physiology from Loughborough University, she is also a published author and a go-to fitness and nutrition consultant.

Currently a leading host and reporter for TNT Sports UK, Caroline presents pre and post-fight shows and interviews on the Ultimate Fighting Championships (UFC) and boxing. She has also served as a host for ESPN, Fox Sports and NBC Sports. As a fitness and health expert with over 15 years of experience, she is an author, produced an award-winning DVD fitness series, and content contributor. She is here because of her 20 years as a master trainer specializing in Power Plate whole body vibration education.

Her extensive athletic career includes achievements as a national heptathlon champion and silver medallist in the Long Jump. Caroline represented Great Britain in the European Cup Heptathlon Team and later joined the Great Britain Bobsleigh team competing at the World Championships. As ‘Ice’ on the revival of ‘Gladiators,’ she became a fan-favorite, showcasing her prowess in sports-entertainment.

Power Plate - use CODE: Flipping50

Questions We Answer in This Episode:

  • Tell us how old you are? 
  • First, how did you go from a long jump medalist to spokesperson for Power Plate? What’s the relationship there? 
  • That said, let’s talk about the results and kind of exercise you were doing for rehab that gave you such great results? 
  • Any studies that stand out for you- one for me is the activation of the lateral quad at 138% greater rate compared to the same exercise off? 
  • Let’s review the Hz and the Amplitude settings and discuss what they mean and why it’s important and related to results. 
  • This audience is focused on bone loss prevention or reversing and the research on bone density benefits with WBV/Power Plate have been extremely impressive and hopeful – what protocols are you seeing greatest benefits from? 
  • Let’s talk research on weight loss and particularly visceral belly fat, given it’s such a high risk factor for disease and many of our listeners, whether weight is or isn’t an issue are dealing with belly fat, blood sugar issue and insulin resistance as a part of pre-diabetes
  • The reduction in the appearance of cellulite I want to say is not why 95% of my audience would invest in Power Plate, yet no listener is going to object to that extra bonus! Say more about this
  • Let’s talk about benefits for those least active and or for those times inactivity has  a reason-  injury healing, lymph stimulation
  • What might be common mistakes women may be making with their WBV? 

Resources: 

Power Plate: https://www.flippingfifty.com/PowerPlate CODE: Flipping50

 

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

How Your Exercise Supports Natural Detox

https://www.flippingfifty.com/exercise-supports-natural-detox

 
29 Mar 2024Less Belly Fat: Muscle Loss is Fat Gain in Menopause00:32:42

For Less Belly Fat, Lift Weights: Muscle Loss is Fat Gain in Menopause

For less belly fat, the deep visceral type that isn’t just vanity, it’s deadly, lift weights. While yes, High Intensity Interval Training (or HIIT) is notably recognized by science as a means for removing fat, it may have more positive impact on the over-the-top, er muffin top fat.

Weight training improves total body fat, abdominal belly fat and improves lean muscle resulting in “re-composition.” The influence of weight training decreases the risk of heart disease associated with waist girth. For women 35 or more inches at the waist is a heart health risk factor. However, if you’re a smaller woman, I think it’s important to note that less than 35 may still be a risk factor. Look in the mirror, and what do you see? If you carry your weight in your belly - an apple shape, more than a pear - you’re still at higher risk.

Let’s do something about that.

A few facts I know by heart and wish I didn’t:

  • 3-8% of muscle mass every decade beginning at age 30
  • 15% loss of muscle strength each decade starting at 50
  • 1-2% loss of muscle mass every year starting at 60

How that matters:

  • 50% of women over 50 have insulin resistance
  • Muscle mass loss can be prevented and or muscle mass can be gained by weight training plus nutritional and lifestyle habit strategies.
  • Yet fewer than 20% of women are lifting weights at least twice weekly.
  • If we could dig into that deeper we would likely find a much smaller percentage of women over 50 are strength training.

Is a diagnosis all we're waiting for? Are we holding off till it's more convenient?

Nothing good ever is.

Throughout time, there’s been about 2 studies showing that there may be spot-reducing with core work. But that’s over 4 decades. When research produces strong evidence, minds have to be changed, but in my point of view, if you spend more than five minutes a day working out your core and hope to lose visceral belly fat, you will see improvements in your body.

What else matters when you’re lifting weights and potentially don’t see the changes occur:

  • Aim for 1 gram of protein per pound of body weight
  • Take 5gm creatine daily
  • Aim for at least 2.5 -3.0 g leucine per 25-30 gram protein at multiple meals for elderly and more for young adults (where does that leave you midlifer?)
  • Lift weights at least twice weekly for all major muscle groups
  • Perform multiple sets
  • Meet daily sleep needs
  • Avoid under eating (a situation of low energy availability)
  • Walk daily
  • Avoid excessive cardio

(Keep cortisol and blood sugar levels in control)

Connect with Debra Atkinson:

Website: https://www.flippingfifty.com/

On Social:

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Flipping50TV

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/flipping50tv or https://www.instagram.com/flipping50

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/debraatkinson or https://www.linkedin.com/company/flipping50

Resources:

Stronger: https://www.flippingfifty.com/getstronger

Power Plate: (Save with code: Flipping50) https://www.flippingfifty.com/powerplate

Blood Glucose Monitor: https://www.flippingfifty.com/myglucose

HIIT: https://www.hsph.harvard.edu/nutritionsource/high-intensity-interval-training/

Other Episodes You Might Like:

Low Energy Availability in Menopause? Eating Too Little to Feel Good or Age Well

https://www.flippingfifty.com/low-energy-availability-in-menopause/

How Much Protein Do You Need After 50:

https://www.flippingfifty.com/how-much-protein-do-you-really-need-after-50-research-update-on-more/

Weight Gain in Perimenopause and Menopause

https://www.flippingfifty.com/weight-gain-in-perimenopause-and-menopause/

10 Comprehensive Ways Resistance Training Revolutionizes Menopause Health

https://www.flippingfifty.com/resistance-training-revolutionizes-menopause-health/

Exercise Physiology Plus Menopause Physiology for the Midlife Exercise Rx

https://www.flippingfifty.com/midlife-exercise-rx/

05 Jan 2024Testing Your Longevity: Older or Bolder00:31:33

This episode kicks off the New Year with something we seem to all be so interested in, right behind belly fat, and that’s longevity. Is it just me or is it even 30-somethings now trying to reverse aging? Unpacking all that this is and isn’t could be a philosophical episode all on its own.

Instead, I’d thought we’d take a look at 4 ways testing your longevity is possible, at home. Now, these tests are not fool-proof. And if you have an old injury or condition, you won’t be able to do one or more. Yet, say some of the researchers, that’s the reason to pay attention – close attention – to the things you can control! So, knowing is good. 

But also.. Please… don’t let this discourage you. It’s not too late. 

An article in Inc. magazine got my attention the other day. 

Apparently a 60-year-old startup founder is 3x as likely to found a successful startup as a 30-year-old startup founder and 1.7 times more likely to have it wind up in the top 0.1 percent of all companies. 

You can’t do that – or anything meaningful – sick, old, tired or with stale ideas. 

So whether you’re one of our healthpreneurs or not, you’re at an advantage if you’re truly healthy. 

Can you do 20 push ups? Sit and stand (barefoot on the floor unassisted)? Walk between at a minimum of 3.3 mph? and hang from a pull up bar for at least 30 seconds? 

You’re not only going to live longer but you can run your business (or family, home and organizations you volunteer for) like a boss.

The first quarter of 2024 the Flipping 50 Membership is going to focus on benchmarking, improving and retesting. In addition to testing those progress chart tracking we always encourage (measurements, body composition and objective ratings of our daily health) we’re targeting these. 

 Here’s how you can start this at home! (or inside our membership? Do this with us the weekend of the 13th and 14th! 

Community Member Question: Intermittent Fasting and Exercise

Molly asked, “Debra  I have been wanting to incorporate fasting into my health regime.  However with your current recommendations of working out in a fed state I have found it is very difficult to get enough protein and to maintain the fasted state. I read the book Feast Fast Repeat and it goes against a lot of the information you recommend. It’s difficult for me to fast for 18 to 20 hours and feel good. Just wondering what your thoughts are on fasting?” 

Start earlier. That makes it simple! You don’t have “dinner” at dinner time.. You have a last high protein meal at 3 or 4pm. 

Fasting has a purpose. Getting off a plateau. You can kickstart with an 18 or 20 hour fast but there is NO reason if you’re an active person to do this regularly. Rotate.., 12, 14, 15, 18 …. 

Rotating the amount of carbs you have also becomes important. Overall, lower than you’ve probably had before in your life (remember when you’d have two bagels at a sitting?) But you might toggle between 50 and 100 grams a day. If you always go long fasting, if you also restrict calories when you are in an eating window, and if you never vary carbs and always go low, you will have no metabolic flexibility. For the majority of humans that just won’t work. Your body is getting stressed by each of those things and never rewarded and replenished. Just where is that energy to do work and fun stuff going to come from? 

If this was your first book? Keep reading. It’s good but there are dozens of ways to fast. They include just going lower calorie for 5 days (with higher fat and lower protein), and using bone broth or doing smoothies twice daily. There are so many ways to start. But for intermittent fasting to be the goal then starting to extend your overnight fast is the beginning. Hit 12 hours. Try 13 and 14. See how you do. But don’t always do it. 

Your week should NOT ever look the same every day or you lose metabolic flexibility. If your goal is to stay active and gain muscle and bone density … tell me in a 20 hour fast how you manage to get micronutrients in.

What we all have to do is prioritize. It’s not intermittent fasting and exercise. It’s intermittent fasting OR exercise. Which do you need most right now and why? 

Also relevant: do you have any emotional eating tendencies or a history of eating disorder or diet and binge? If yes, this is a slippery slope for you. (see resources)

Testing Your Longevity with 4 Tests

PUSHUPS 

Can you do 20 pushups? For females this is the goal as estimated based on the male-only study finding 40 pushups for men significantly decreased risk of cardiovascular risk. Further, it was a better indicator than sub-maximal treadmill tests. While VO2 capacity is associated with longevity, assessing VO2 max is limited to those first with access to a lab and those highly motivated to endure the discomfort a true test requires. 

Pros:

The push up is a test of multiple things including upper body strength as well as core. Overall, it’s a functional use of the body. If you can do it horizontally, good form and posture vertically is far more likely. 

Cons: 

If you’re at all compromised, as many are, with ability to stabilize the scapular (shoulder blades) or with shoulder rotator cuff issues, and can’t maintain good form head to toe the push up can be injurious at worst or increase poor mechanics at best. 

Flip: 

I’d much rather that we all could do at least a few pull ups. 

WALKING PACE

Can you walk a pace between 3-4 mph? It’s actually 3.3 that supports bone density, while slower paces don’t. So, there’s that too. 

If you’re over 60, the effect of slow vs fast walk (at least 3-4 mph) is even more pronounced in reducing all-cause mortality. Like 53% less.

Map out a mile of relatively flat surface. Warm up, test your speed. When returning to retest be sure you do the exact same course. 

Pros: 

This is directly related to our independence later in life. Being able to walk at a respectable pace (I wouldn’t designate this as fast) is a factor of weight and mobility, muscle and joint and metabolic health. Inability to perform this one already indicates a need to buff other areas to compensate. 

Cons: 

If you’re compromised due to a previous injury or a condition in feet, ankles, knees, hips or significantly overweight there is already a limited ability to walk, this test is not a possibility. 

Next up for testing your longevity is a challenging one!! So I hope you’re warmed up! 

SIT RISE TEST 

A study in the European Journal of Preventive Cardiology found how well you do the stand to sit to stand test indicates your risk of mortality. 

Stand barefoot, cross one leg over the other and lower yourself to a sitting position. Then try to stand back up. 

Attempt to do so without touching the floor with your hand, knees, elbows, forearms or sides of your legs. 

You begin with 10 points. Subtract half a point each time you use a body part to shift to one side before levering up. Also subtract half a point if you lose balance. 

In the study those that scored less than 8 points were twice as likely to die within the following six years. Those that scored less than 5 were three times as likely to die within the following six years.  

An increase in your score of any kind reduces your mortality rate by 21%. 

Pros: 

This requires flexibility, balance, mobility and muscle strength. Any lack of balance, flexibility, strength or being overweight make the test harder. Each of these components is correlated to risk of mortality. 

Cons: 

Compromise in a joint that limits the performance of this test may not reveal that some level of these functional components are present in other joints and are evidenced in other activities. 

You need a tool for testing your longevity with this next test. They aren’t costly and some gyms likely also have them. 

GRIP STRENGTH 

In 2018 the grip strength test was determined to correlate to overall body strength and muscle mass. 

Low overall muscle strength (as correlated with grip strength) is a health hazard to all health outcomes except for colon cancer, prostate cancer and lung cancer. 

You can buy a dynamometer to test grip or for an easier at home or gym option, hang from a pull up bar. For men 60, and for women 30 seconds is a good target, suggest some researchers. Yet, it’s an increase or decrease that you want to watch. A six-pound decrease (as tested on with the hand grip tool – but that may correlate to any reduced time hanging) correlates with 16 percent higher risk of dying from any cause. 

To improve grip strength, you don’t want to just work on grip strength however. Don’t go around the house squeezing tennis balls. That’s not really the value of the test. Improve your overall skeletal muscle strength. Other ways to assess total body strength are a one-rep max or estimated 1-rep max by doing a 10-rep max. Grip strength is far less intimidating and less injurious. But make no mistake your bench press, row or pull up, or leg press weight should also be improving. 

Are You Built to Last (and Love It?)

This small battery of tests are simple ways to assess your function. Every test has limitations. You may not be able to do one or more of them. The best use of them is in addition to outcomes like body fat percent (30% is obese), waist girth (for women, 35 inches significantly increases health risk), amount of muscle mass (in pounds or kilograms) primarily to know if you’re gaining, losing or at very least preserving are additional objective measures. You may already be using these without knowing the significance of them. 

Flipping 50 Members have access to a Progress tracking both objective and subjective measures of progress. If you’re not inside the members area yet with a course, membership, or downloadable freebie, you can start here. https://www.flippingfifty.com/login

The point in measuring and interpreting these is realizing the habits you’ve had to this point got you the results you have at this point. If you wish to change the outcome, you change the habits related to them. An injury or condition may have limited your ability to perform a certain test. This awareness can still be an asset if it highlights the need to strengthen other areas of your health span longevity. 

Need support? Join us for a masterclass Jan 10, 2024 https://www.flippingfifty.com/olderandstronger

Resources: 

Masterclass: https://www.flippingfifty.com/olderandstronger 

Membership: https://www.flippingfifty.com/cafe 

Smart Scale: https://www.flippingfifty.com/givescale

Handgrip: 

Power Plate: https://www.flippingfifty.com/powerplate – use code flipping50 for 25% off and free massage gun with purchase

References:

Araújo CGS, Castro CLB, Franca JFC, Araújo DS. Sitting–rising test: Sex- and age-reference scores derived from 6141 adults. European Journal of Preventive Cardiology. 2020;27(8):888-890. doi:10.1177/2047487319847004

Celis-Morales C A, Welsh P, Lyall D M, Steell L, Petermann F, Anderson J et al. Associations of grip strength with cardiovascular, respiratory, and cancer outcomes and all cause mortality: prospective cohort study of half a million UK Biobank participants  BMJ  2018;  361 :k1651 doi:10.1136/bmj.k1651

de Brito LBB, Ricardo DR, de Araújo DSMS, Ramos PS, Myers J, de Araújo CGS. Ability to sit and rise from the floor as a predictor of all-cause mortality. European Journal of Preventive Cardiology. 2014;21(7):892-898. doi:10.1177/2047487312471759

Stamatakis E, Kelly P, Strain T, et al

Self-rated walking pace and all-cause, cardiovascular disease and cancer mortality: individual participant pooled analysis of 50 225 walkers from 11 population British cohorts

British Journal of Sports Medicine 2018;52:761-768.

Yang J, Christophi CA, Farioli A, et al. Association Between Push-up Exercise Capacity and Future Cardiovascular Events Among Active Adult Men. JAMA Netw Open. 2019;2(2):e188341. doi:10.1001/jamanetworkopen.2018.8341

 
13 Feb 2024Exercise Physiology Plus Menopause Physiology for the Midlife Exercise Rx00:38:41

In this episode discussing the midlife exercise rx I host Dr Kathleen Jordan as we discuss from a Medical Exercise Specialist and a physician the mash up of menopause symptoms and exercise solutions to mitigate and amplify good health now and for decades ahead. 

In case you’re curious, I have a couple stats. 

Nearly 50% of medical schools offer any training in exercise physiology. And 0% of these require it. At least 80% of physicians don’t feel comfortable recommending exercise.  

When a doctor recommends exercise they’re often helping you get moving at all. The suggestion to walk or do Pilates can be helpful. The match to your highest priorities comes from direct knowledge of the physiology of exercise + the physiology of menopause for the ideal midlife exercise Rx for you. Right now. Because it most certainly can change. 

My Guest:

Dr. Kathleen Jordan.  Described as a proponent of digital health and solving access issues, Dr. Kathleen Jordan has consistently leveraged innovative technology in patient care. After scaling her own medical practice, she became Chief Medical Officer at Dignity Health, then shifted to leadership roles at women’s healthcare startups. She was Chief Medical Officer at Tia, focused on young women, prior to joining Midi Health. Her career highlights include: establishing telehealth services at Dignity Health; attaining the Health Equity Leadership Certification for the hospital and its programs; establishing a new trans health program in San Francisco for which she was awarded the Leadership in Innovation Award; helping Tia grow from one site to a multistate organization with leading healthcare system partnerships. She joined Midi with the goal of helping all women in midlife feel better and live stronger, longer. Her expertise has been tapped by The Washington Post, CNN, Yahoo News, and many other media outlets. She is a graduate of the UCLA School of Medicine and Stanford University.

Questions We Answer in This Episode:

  • What fitness and workout recommendations do you have for a woman navigating menopause and/or perimenopause? 
  • What do you see are some common misunderstandings or mistakes women make in trying to maintain fitness over 50? A patient is in your office or on a telemedicine call, what’s the source of confusion or most common complaints? 
  • What do you believe to be the most important dietary considerations to further benefit a fitness routine during menopause? (and let’s be clear- are these not important for women who aren’t exercising?)
  • Some women don’t recognize they have entered perimenopause.. What are some of the lesser known or often overlooked symptoms?
  • What do you see as a physician are some of the special exercise challenges of women in midlife hormonal transition?
  • What are your thoughts about semiglutides like Ozempic?

Connect with Dr. Kathleen:

 

Resources: 

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

20 Reasons Strength Training Should Be Mandatory for Everyone Over 29

https://www.flippingfifty.com/strength-training/

How Long Should Strength Training Sessions for Menopause Be? | ASK the EXPERT Q and A

https://www.flippingfifty.com/strength-training-sessions-for-menopause/

TOTAL Body or SPLIT ROUTINE Strength Training in Menopause | #453

https://www.flippingfifty.com/total-body-or-split-routine-453/

07 Jan 2024How to Boost Your Metabolism in Midlife the Non-Dieting Way00:34:02

It is possible to boost your metabolism in midlife and it’s probably not going to happen from a diet. In fact everything about a diet will tell your body to burn fewer calories and slow your metabolism and deplete energy.

Why do we collectively still resort to eating less? That’s going to be a puzzle to solve for all time perhaps. But perhaps not for you. Because in this episode we talk about a far more uplifting option and honestly we review the reality of eating less and what it REALLY does to your body. 

My Guest:  

Nagina Abdullah is a weight-loss coach for women and professionals and founder of the website MasalaBody.com. She coaches women to boost metabolism naturally and simplifies creating a healthy lifestyle, even if they have tried everything. Nagina has a degree in Molecular and Cell Biology from UC Berkeley and has helped over 1200 professional women successfully lose weight. 

Questions We Answer in This Episode:

  • Why diets no longer work, and why what worked before stops working in midlife
  • How to eat the foods you love and burn fat by adding, pairing, and timing these metabolism-boosting foods
  • The final and important step to sustainably burn fat while getting rid of your sugar cravings for good

Connect with Nagina:

Connect with Nagina’s 7-Day summit:  The Boost Your Metabolism in Midlife  https://www.flippingfifty.com/bym

On Social:

Facebook:  https://www.facebook.com/masalabody

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/naginametabolismboostcoach/

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/nagina-abdullah/

YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/masalabody

Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/masalabody/

Resources: 

Boost Your Metabolism Conference: https://www.flippingfifty.com/bym

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

Holding on to Metabolism Boosting Muscle in Menopause https://www.flippingfifty.com/muscle-in-menopause/

Higher Metabolism with Thermogenesis: What’s the Influence of Foods?  https://www.flippingfifty.com/higher-metabolism/

How Not to Die From Your Nutrition Mistakes  https://www.flippingfifty.com/nutrition-mistakes/

12 Apr 2024Lean Muscle in Menopause: 7 Supplements I Use00:28:32

Here are the supplements I use daily for lean muscle in menopause. And it’s made a difference. A big difference.

In the recent previous solo episodes on less belly fat, I pointed out that muscle loss is essentially fat gain. My 60th birthday also prompted a mental inventory of well, everything from the major changes in my life and business, and I also looked at my most important moments and happiest memories… and my physical health.

So if you didn’t listen to the solo last week about how since 50 I gained 4lbs lean muscle and lost 4% body fat… plus a whole swing to bad and back to good again in the middle, listen to that one. How thrilled would I be to do the same from 60 to 70? But I promised in response to questions to answer not just the carefully designed strength programs I use (and share with you) but how I support that with supplements and eating.

The Benefits That You Could Get From These Supplements For Lean Muscle in Menopause:

The Benefits That You Could Get From These Supplements for Lean Muscle in Menopause:

  • Protein Powder: Protein powder supports muscle repair and recovery, aids in maintaining lean muscle mass, and can contribute to healthy bone density. It is particularly effective in stimulating muscle protein synthesis, crucial for combating age-related muscle loss. [00:07:13]

    Need a quick list of High Protein Meals I like? Here are 8: https://www.flippingfifty.com/high-protein-recipes

  • Essential Amino Acids (EAAs): EAAs are crucial for muscle protein synthesis, the process by which the body repairs and rebuilds muscle fibers. These amino acids cannot be produced by the body and must be obtained through diet or supplementation. For women over 40, EAAs can significantly support the maintenance of muscle mass, which naturally begins to decline with age. [00:12:37]

  • Creatine: Creatine is well known for its benefits in increasing strength, power output, and muscle mass. It helps regenerate ATP (adenosine triphosphate), the primary energy carrier in cells, which is crucial for short bursts of power and strength. For women over 40, creatine can help improve muscle mass, cognitive function, and potentially bone density. [00:13:57]

  • Vitamin D: Vitamin D plays a crucial role in bone health by facilitating calcium absorption, which is vital for maintaining strong bones. It also supports muscle function and has been linked to improved immune system health. [00:15:42]

  • Omega-3 Fatty Acids: Omega-3 fatty acids are known for their anti-inflammatory properties, which can benefit muscle recovery and joint health. They also play a critical role in cardiovascular health and cognitive function. For women over 40, incorporating Omega-3s can help mitigate the risks of chronic diseases and support overall well-being. [00:16:15]

  • Magnesium: Magnesium is vital for muscle function, supporting relaxation and reducing cramps. It also plays a key role in energy production, bone health, and maintaining a healthy nervous system. For women over 40, magnesium can help improve sleep quality, a common challenge during menopause. [00:18:18]

  • Collagen: Collagen is crucial for skin elasticity, joint health, and the integrity of connective tissues. Supplementing with collagen can support skin hydration and reduce the appearance of wrinkles, which may be more pronounced post-menopause. It also plays a role in bone and muscle health, potentially aiding in the prevention of age-related muscle loss and bone density reduction. Many women supplementing with collagen report reduced joint stiffness and increased healing time in the event of injury. [00:20:37]

  • Calcium: Essential for bone health, calcium supports the development and maintenance of strong bones, reducing the risk of osteoporosis. It's also vital for muscle function, nerve signaling, and heart health. [00:23:22]

There you have it, supplements for lean muscle in menopause (and beyond). Indirectly, there may be more but these are keys. You’ve heard me speak about the “extras” I use like c60, Mitopure and these too are indirectly related to recovery, mitochondrial function which boosts capacity for exercise allowing the right exercise to boost the mitochondria more. Other things like matcha and or clean coffee are in my arsenal too. They’re daily habits but they contribute to accelerated fat burning, elevated performance during workouts. As you weave through your habits, knowing sleep and gut health are crucial to lean muscle and body composition, you might find betaine HCL, melatonin, or 5 htp is also a key for you.

Coming up later this month we’re talking about Pelvic Health.

Resources:

Flipping 50 Paleo Protein: https://www.flippingfifty.com/protein

Flipping 50 Plant Protein: https://www.flippingfifty.com/protein

Flipping 50 Burn Boost (with Leucine): https://www.flippingfifty.com/protein

Flipping 50 Collagen Boost: https://www.flippingfifty.com/protein

Essential Amino Acids: https://www.flippingfifty.com/staylean

Creatine: https://amzn.to/3PxXK2x

Magnesium: https://amzn.to/3PxXK2x

Micronutrient Testing: https://www.yourlabwork.com/flipping-50 code: Flipping50

What, When & Why to Exercise summit 2024: https://www.flippingfifty.com/wwwexercise

References:

Over 18 references were used for this episode. The full list will be released later this month and we’ll be sharing it with our subscribers. If you’re registering for the What, When & Why to Exercise for Women 40+ summit you’ll get it with your registration too!

Previous Episodes You Might Like:

I Gained Muscle After 50: How I Lost Fat

https://www.flippingfifty.com/Gained-muscle-after-50

Less Belly Fat: Muscle Loss is Fat Gain in Menopause:

https://www.flippingfifty.com/less-belly-fat-muscle-loss-is-fat-gain-in-menopause-2/

Live Longer Regardless of Your Biological Age:

https://www.flippingfifty.com/live-longer-regardless-of-your-biological-age/

Follow me on:

YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/flipping50tv

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/flipping50tv

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/flipping50tv

30 Jan 2024Inspiring Stories of Older Athletes North of Forty00:32:31

Every once in a while inspiring stories come across my desk and I’m so excited to share this episode. Author, Lauren Hurst - who calls herself not an author - wrote a book about older athletes sharing their path and performance.. Some of which will blow you away. 

I’ll link in this episode to a previous episode with the hosts of the Huntington World Games in St George Utah. We’ve had some amazing examples of athleticism in our lifetime. Yet, too little. We hear of 103 year old runners because there are so few. Yet, we don’t think we’ll be doing that at 103.

Many 52 year olds think they are too old to run any more. It’s not necessarily age. And maybe running isn’t or wasn’t even your sport. But something might be. 

This episode is for anyone who needs to hear it’s never too late. 

Lauren Hurst is the author of North of Forty: Inspiring Stories of Older Athletes. Lauren is a lifelong competitive athlete and independent personal trainer. She has trained clients of all shapes and ability levels from ages 7 to 96, and currently specializes in clients over 60. She holds a BS in Corporate Fitness from Central Connecticut State University. Throughout her athletic career, Lauren has been a competitive tennis player, swimmer, bodybuilder, martial artist, runner, duathlete and triathlete.

Questions We Answer in This Episode:

  • You describe yourself as “not an author”, what made you decide to take on this kind of project?
  • Can you share a few of your favorite stories from the book?
  • Having spoken with so many incredible athletes and hearing about their struggles and how they have adapted as they’ve grown older, has this experience changed the way you think about your own competitive and athletic goals?
  • What did you learn that surprised you?
  • What advice would you give someone reading the book (maybe someone who is older and doesn’t think of themselves as athletic!) who’s inspired to get more fit? How can they make that happen for themselves?

Resources: 

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

Tokyo Olympics Lessons on Aging and Strength| Flipping50 #471

https://www.flippingfifty.com/tokyo-olympics/

The Senior Games | Off The Scale and Onto a Starting Line

https://www.flippingfifty.com/senior-games/

How to Change the Way You Age | Bolder is Better

https://www.flippingfifty.com/growing-bolder/



06 Feb 2024 Getting Out There After 40 Stop Holding Back!00:39:47

It’s time to stop holding back and start sharing your crazy unique gifts. But it’s hard, right? What will people think? How do you put  yourself out there at a time when very possibly the myriad of changes in your life shake your confidence? 

It’s always my hope that the strength you gain from lifting weights is far deeper than muscle. It’s confidence, it’s inner strength, it’s having a voice and strength to walk away when needed. 

This episode is unique and I can’t wait for you to listen to this intelligent gifted guest who’s interviewing experts to reveal and uncover perimenopause informational gaps and provide solutions, or at the very least allow her listeners to make informed decisions. 

My Guest:  

Ann Marie McQueen is a digital journalist, podcaster, former national columnist and founding journalist at The National Newspaper, who has split her career between North America and the Middle East. An early adopter and disruptor, she is the founder Hotflash Inc, a global platform providing evidence, expert and experienced-based information, inspiration and entertainment via newsletter, podcast, social media and more for women who are going through peri/menopause.

Questions We Answer in This Episode:

  • What inner fears and conditioning have you had to overcome to put yourself ‘out there’?
  • What concrete steps have you taken?
  • How do you handle fear?
  • What do you think holds most women back?
  • Why are you always talking about menopause? How did that become your focal point? 
 

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

Midlife and Swinging For the Fence https://www.flippingfifty.com/swinging-for-the-fence/

Midlife Changes with Intermittent Fasting Expert Gin Stephens  https://www.flippingfifty.com/midlife-changes/

16 Jul 2024Lose Weight in Menopause Faster and Easier Than You Ever Thought Possible00:39:03

If you have repressed metabolic syndrome your quest to lose weight in menopause faster and easier is sunk. But stay tuned to this episode.

In this Flipping 50 episode with podcast guest favorite, Stu Schaffer we talk about the #1 goal most of you tell me is yours… weight loss. More specifically weight loss in menopause. It’s stubborn, you’re tired, nothing you used to do works any more.

In the 11th year of the podcast, having interviewed thousands of guests, Stu’s episode in last year was one of the MOST downloaded of all of 2023.

My Guest:

Stu Schaefer is a 20-year award-winning celebrity weight-loss coach. He specializes in helping women over 40 put their body into The Thermogenic State so they burn fat 24/7… and lose weight like they did in their 20s. For the last 20 years, Stu has helped thousands of women take control of their body, lose weight faster and easier than ever before, and ditch the dieting cycle forever.

Questions We Answer in This Episode:

  • What is your secret for menopause weight loss? [00:03:40]
  • How did you figure this out - since nobody teaches this? [00:08:00]
  • So how does this work? How does someone do it? [00:06:50]
  • Let’s remind listeners what affects whether a person is burning fat or storing fat [00:06:00]
  • How have you seen low-carb impact the body?[00:18:00]
  • What's the biggest food mistake women make? [00:17:30]

Connect with Stu:

On Social:

Other Episodes You Might Like:

Resources:

23 Apr 2024Can You Fast and Prevent Muscle Loss in Menopause and Beyond?00:39:00

If you’re juggling the desire for longevity benefits of fasting with the need to prevent muscle loss in menopause, this is for you!!

Prioritize your fasting and lean muscle goals and objectives! In this episode we guide listeners on how to set their health and fitness goals based on their current status, determining when fasting is a suitable approach, and balancing the benefits of fasting with the necessity to prevent muscle loss in menopause.

Exertion Levels During Fasting? What should and can you do during physical exercise when fasting?

Fasting for Women Aged 45-70 is unique. Yes, longevity but no to frailty. How do you juggle this?

My Guest:

Shawn Wells, MPH, LDN, RD, CISSN, FISSN

A globally acclaimed expert in nutritional biochemistry, known as "The World's Greatest Formulator," boasts over two decades of experience, formulating over 1000+ products globally and holding more than 25+ patents, including market leaders like TeaCrine and Dynamine. As a Registered Dietitian, Certified Sports Nutritionist, and with a Master's in Nutritional Biochemistry, this professional has profoundly impacted the supplement industry and healthcare sectors. Serving as Chief Science Officer, they were instrumental in driving a major nutrition company's $125MM annual revenue and played a pivotal role in transactions exceeding $425 million. Their business acumen is complemented by ownership stakes in eight enterprises. Notably, they are a revered keynote speaker on psychopharmacology and mental health, sharing their expertise worldwide. Their journey overcoming personal health challenges adds a layer of inspiration to their contributions, which extend through documentaries, TV appearances, and comprehensive online resources, helping to optimize health and well-being globally.

Shawn brings a wealth of knowledge from his extensive research and personal experiences. He will offer actionable advice on how to prevent muscle loss in menopause.

Questions We Answer in This Episode:

Clarification on Fasting: Addressing common confusions about fasting, such as:

  • How long should one fast? [00:07:53]
  • How to know when fasting becomes excessive? [00:14:47]
  • What qualifies as fasting (e.g., low-calorie diets, eating windows)? [00:20:25]

Website:  https://shawnwells.com/

Website for custom formulations: https://zonehalo.com/

On Social:

Instagram - https://www.instagram.com/shawnwells/

YouTube - https://www.youtube.com/c/shawnwells

Facebook - https://www.facebook.com/Ingredientologist

LinkedIn - https://www.linkedin.com/in/ingredientologist/

Twitter - https://twitter.com/Ingredientology

Pinterest - https://www.pinterest.com/ingredientologist/

TikTok - https://www.tiktok.com/@ingredientologist?lang=en

Other Episodes You Might Like:

Pair Exercise and Fasting After 40: https://www.flippingfifty.com/intermittent-fasting-and-exercise/

Midlife Changes with Intermittent Fasting with Gin Stephens: https://www.flippingfifty.com/midlife-changes/

HRT to Avoid Muscle Loss After Menopause? Is It the Answer?: HRT to Avoid Muscle Loss After Menopause? Is It the Answer? (flippingfifty.com)

Overcoming Confusing Muscle Loss During Menopause: Overcoming Confusing Muscle Loss During Menopause (flippingfifty.com)

Resources:

Blood Glucose Monitor: https://www.flippingfifty.com/myglucose

What When Why to Exercise for Women 40+: https://www.flippingfifty.com/wwwexercise

16 Aug 2024Can You Wear a Weighted Vest with Osteoporosis?00:45:12

The short answer is yes. The long answer here in this episode is how.

Using a weighted vest with osteoporosis comes up frequently as a question. Whether or not you have osteoporosis, stay with me, as I will talk about the overall benefits and science that’s been out since at least 2000, perhaps as long as I’ve been using my weighted vest.

Questions I’ll Answer in this Episode:

  • Can you use a weighted vest with osteoporosis? [00:06:20]
  • If so, how do you get started safely? [00:09:30]
  • What weight should you be using? [00:39:00]
  • What if you have already fractured? [00:06:30]
  • What if you have chronic upper back and neck pain? [00:40:20]

Within this episode I’ll show some images of my weighted vest and what you want to look for. They’re so much better now than they used to be! It was an injury weighting (see what I did there?) to just put one on two decades ago. And they definitely were  not made for women.

I’ve been lecturing about osteoporosis and osteopenia since 1995. That first adult education class I taught was the first time I left my house without my infant son, I think!

Back then I had to draw pictures on the chalkboard of modeling and remodeling of bone, explain these then, new terms, and what was happening.

And… we had a list of contraindications that are no longer the best science we have.

While much of the decade-by-decade steps to build bone and then prevent or slow loss still are true, the veil of doom has been lifted.

We no longer have to pop someone into bubble wrap.

But you might think so because a search online will bring up ALL the content over decades. You’ll think you are a delicate flower and that oh, my you shouldn’t do rotation ever.

And this fear mongering has to end - not that you shouldn’t be informed about how to exercise correctly and what starting and progression looks like.

Breaking Barriers Using Weighted Vest with Osteoporosis

Back in 1996 I started working with one client, and then another would be diagnosed with osteoporosis. If you’re listening, Mary, you were the first to break some barriers and overcome the fear. You had a good doctor who understood the whole person, and the real way healed.

If I were concerned about osteoporosis, what I would do:

  • Resistance training - progressive overload to as heavy as safely possible. My preferred is 5 x 5 reps
  • Employ power in those workouts
  • High Impact - at least 4 sets of 10-20 impacts a day most days of the week
  • Moving during the day, breaking up sedentary periods of time, on non-exercise or recovery days (from strength training and HIIT with impact) the addition of weighted vest during walks or movement around house
  • Whole Body Vibration use most days of the week (in conjunction with strength training and for balance or core exercise. (I use the Move: https://www.flippingfifty.com/powerplate and you can get 20% off with code Flipping50)
  • Yoga consistently for the anti-gravity benefit of unique positions (and maintenance of mobility crucial to stability)

Though wearing a weighted vest did not have a significant positive impact on the lumbar spine, Whole Body Vibration does.

“lumbar spine BMD (MD: - 0.01; 95% CI [- 0.02, - 0.01]) reduced significantly when aerobic exercise training was used as intervention compared with RCTs that utilized resistance training, combined training, and WBV. By contrast, these analyses did not have significant effect on change in femoral neck BMD. WBV is an effective method to improve lumbar spine BMD in older PMW.”

References:

Mohammad Rahimi GR, Smart NA, Liang MTC, Bijeh N, Albanaqi AL, Fathi M, Niyazi A, Mohammad Rahimi N. The Impact of Different Modes of Exercise Training on Bone Mineral Density in Older Postmenopausal Women: A Systematic Review and Meta-analysis Research. Calcif Tissue Int. 2020 Jun;106(6):577-590. doi: 10.1007/s00223-020-00671-w. Epub 2020 Feb 13. PMID: 32055889.

Snow CM, Shaw JM, Winters KM, Witzke KA. Long-term exercise using weighted vests prevents hip bone loss in postmenopausal women. J Gerontol A Biol Sci Med Sci. 2000 Sep;55(9):M489-91. doi: 10.1093/gerona/55.9.m489. PMID: 10995045.

Shaw JM, Snow CM. Weighted vest exercise improves indices of fall risk in older women. J Gerontol A Biol Sci Med Sci. 1998 Jan;53(1):M53-8. doi: 10.1093/gerona/53a.1.m53. PMID: 9467434.

Other Episodes You Might Like:

Resources:

Améliorez votre compréhension de The Flipping 50 Show avec My Podcast Data

Chez My Podcast Data, nous nous efforçons de fournir des analyses approfondies et basées sur des données tangibles. Que vous soyez auditeur passionné, créateur de podcast ou un annonceur, les statistiques et analyses détaillées que nous proposons peuvent vous aider à mieux comprendre les performances et les tendances de The Flipping 50 Show. De la fréquence des épisodes aux liens partagés en passant par la santé des flux RSS, notre objectif est de vous fournir les connaissances dont vous avez besoin pour vous tenir à jour. Explorez plus d'émissions et découvrez les données qui font avancer l'industrie du podcast.
© My Podcast Data